Mos 4

Catalog
MOS IMP MCQs 2.pdf ································································································································ 1

mos11.pdf ··············································································································································· 110
1) Ductile substances are those in which
A. There is no elastic
B. There is no breaking point
C. There is large gap between elastic limit and breaking point
D. Hooks law is not applicable
Ans:
2) If both length as well as diameter of wire is doubled, how does E changes for it
A. E/4
B. Remains Unchanged
C. 2E
D. E/2
Ans:
3) Ratio of polar moment of inertia to radius of shaft is known as:
A. Shaft Stiffness
B. Torsion section modulus
C. Torsional rigidity
D. Flexural rigidity
Ans:
4) A Steel bar of 40mm x 40mm cross section is subjected to axial pull of 200 kN. If the length of bar
is 2m and E = 200 GPa, elongation of bar will be,
A. 5.40 mm
B. 2.70 mm
C. 4.05 mm
D. 1.25 mm
Ans:
5) A Hollow column of external diameter 300 mm is 20 mm thick. If crushing strength of material is
is 550 MPa, What is safe load if F O S = 5
A. 1200.82kN
B. 1935.29kN
C. 9676.03kN
D. 1495kN
Ans:
6) Maximum stress due to suddenly applied load is____________ the maximum stress if the same
load is applied gradually.
A. Equal to
B. Less than
C. Half
D. Twice
Ans:
7) If four bodies A, B, C, D of same material having same cross section such that length of A>B>C>D.
the breaking force of
A. A=B=C=D
B. A<B>C<D
C. A>B>C>D
D. A/B=C/D
Ans:
8) Which one of the statement is correct? If a material expands due to freely due to heating, it will
develop
A. No Stress
B. Tensile stress
C. Compressive stress
D. Thermal stress
Ans:
9) 60 mm diameter shaft is subjected to a torque of 4kN.m. what is the maximum shear stress
induced in the shaft?
A. 90 MPa
B. 100 MPa
C. 86.39 MPa
D. 94.21 MPa
Ans:
10) An axially pull of 10 kN is gradually applied to a bar of uniform cross sectional area 500 mm2 and
length 1 m. E = 200GPa. The maximum elongation developed in the bar is
A. 0.2
B. 0.1
C. 0.3
D. 0.4
Ans:
11) If part is constrained and heated , it will develop
A. Compressive stress
B. Tensile stress
C. Principal stress
D. No stress
Ans:
12) Elasticity of mild steel specimen is defined by
A. Yield point
B. Hooks law
C. Plastic flow
D. Proof stress
Ans:
13) The general expression for torsion of the shaft is given by
𝑇 𝜏𝜃 𝐺
A. = =
𝑟 𝐿 𝐽
𝜏 𝑟𝜃 𝑇
B. = =
𝐺 𝐿 𝐿
𝜏 𝐺𝜃 𝑇
C. = =
𝐽 𝐿 𝑟
𝜏 𝐺𝜃 𝑇
D. = =
𝑅 𝐿 𝐽
Ans:
14) Torsional rigidity is product of
A. Shear modulus and M I
B. Shear modulus and Polar M I
C. Young’s modulus and M I
D. Bulk modulus and M I
Ans:
15) Polar M I of hollow c/s of external dia D and internal dia d is given by
𝜋(𝐷 2 −𝑑 2 )
A.
16
𝜋(𝐷 2 −𝑑 2 )
B. 8
𝜋(𝐷 2 −𝑑 2 )
C. 32
𝜋(𝐷 2 −𝑑 2 )
D. 64
Ans:
16) In torsion equation, T represents
A. Average Torque
B. Minimum Torque
C. Maxmum torque
D. All of above
Ans:
17) The ratio change in dimension to original dimension is called
A. Strain
B. Stress
C. Modulus of elasticity
D. Bulk modulus
Ans:
18) The rope of diameter 3cm has breaking strength of 160 kN. The breaking strength of similar rope
of 1.5cm diameter shall be
A. 40kN
B. 80kN
C. 160kN
D. 20kN
Ans:
19) For what change in the length of wire 1m long will be the value of stress be numerically equal to
the young’s modulus?
A. 5cm
B. 50cm
C. 150cn
D. 100cm
Ans:
20) Torsion bars are in series
A. If their ends are welded together
B. If they have equal angle of twist and an applied torque apportioned between them
C. Are not possible
D. If same torque act on each
Ans:
21) A shear modulus of solid is
A. Greater than its bulk modulus
B. Less than its bulk modulus
C. Equal to its bulk modulus
D. Sometimes more sometimes less
Ans:
22) The ratio of linear stress to strain, within elastic limit is known as
A. Shear modulus
B. Modulus of rigidity
D. Bulk modulus
Ans:
23) During free expansion due to temperature rise or fall
A. No strain developed
B. No stress developed
C. Both are developed
D. None of these
Ans:
24) Hooks law holds upto
A. Yield point
B. Elastic point
C. Breaking point
D. None of these
Ans:
25) Youngs modulus of a material is numerically equal to the stress developed in the wire when its
length is changed from L to
A. 4L
B. 3L
C. 2L
D. 3L/2
Ans:
26) The ratio change in volume to original volumeis known as
A. Linear strain
B. Volumetric strain
C. Lateral strain
D. Shearing strain
Ans:
27) Which one of the following statement is correct, if a material expands freely due to heating, it
will develop
A. No stress
B. Tensile stress
D. Thermal stress
Ans:
28) A hollow circular shaft of 120mm of internal diameter and and thickness of metal is 20mm is
rotating at 220rpm. The angle of twist on 4.5m length was found to be 1.21 degree. Modulus of
rigidity is 80GPa. The power transmitted is
A. 200kW
B. 175kW
C. 125kW
D. 150kW
Ans:
29) A hollow circular shaft with external diameter 70 mm is rotating at 60 rpm. Power transmitted
by shaft is 5.77 kW. If maximum permissible shear stress is 65MPa. Internal diameter will be
A. 77mm
B. 66mm
C. 88mm
D. 57mm
Ans:
30) For composite section subjected to axial load and made up of two materials
A. Strains are same
B. Stresses in both material are same
C. Both A and B
D. Modulus of elasticity is same
Ans:
31) The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is known as
A. Poisson’s ratio
B. Bulk modulus
D. None
Ans:
32) Torsion equation for a circular shaft is based on
A. Pure torsion theory
B. Flexural formula
C. Principal stress theory
D. Combined torsion and bending theory
Ans:
33) If a shaft is required to transmit twice the power at twice the speed for which it is designed, its
diameter must
A. Decrease by two times
B. Increase by four times
C. Remains same
D. Decrease by four times
Ans:
34) Capacity of a material to absorb or release the strain energy within elastic limit is known as
A. Resistivity
B. Proof resilience
C. Resilience
D. Strength
Ans:
35) A hollow circular shaft of 150 mm external diameter. Thickness of metal 20 mm is rotating at
200 rpm. The angle of twist in 3m length was found to be 0.7 degree. Modulus of rigidity is
80GPa. Maximum shear stress is
A. 42N/mm2
B. 36N/mm2
C. 50N/mm2
D. 24N/mm2
Ans:a
36) In stress strain diagram for a structural steel, the diagram begins with
A. A horizontal straight line
B. A horizontal straight zero line
C. A curve
D. A straight inclined line
Ans:
37) Material that undergoes large strain before failure are classified as
A. Elastic material
B. Plastic material
C. Brittle material
D. Ductile material
Ans:
38) The material has poisson’s ratio 0.5, if the longitudinal strain is 2x10-3, then what is the
percentage increase in volume?
A. 2
B. 0.5
C. 1
D. 0
Ans:
39) If the Young’s modulus of material is 3 times modulus of rigidity. Then its volume elasticity will
be
A. Infinity
B. Zero
C. 200GPa
D. 300GPa
Ans:
40) The extension of wire by application of a load is 3mm. the extension in the wire of same material
and length but half the radius by the same load is
A. 0.75mm
B. 12mm
C. 6mm
D. 1.5mm
Ans:
41) A square of size 40mm, and length 1m is subjected to gradually an gradually applied axial pullof
1.6 kN. It absorbs the energy 4J, If E = 200GPa. The deformation of the bar will be
A. 5mm
B. 0.0005mm
C. 0.005mm
D. None of these
Ans:
42) A solid shaft of 90mm diameter is rotating at 75rpm. Maximum permissible shear stress is
100N/mm sq. The power transmitted by shaft is
A. 112kW
B. 221kW
C. 332kW
D. 161kW
Ans:
43) After reaching the yield stage while testing a mild steel specimen, strain
A. Becomes almost constant with increase in load
B. Increases without increase in load
C. Stress decreasing
D. None
Ans:
44) The shear modulus of solid is
A. Greater than its bulk modulus
B. Less than its bulk modulus
C. Equal to its bulk modulus
D. None
Ans:
45) Modulus of rigidity is defined by ratio of
A. Longitudinal stress to longitudinal strain
B. Volumetric stress to volumetric strain
C. Shear stress to shear strain
D. Lateral stress to lateral strain
Ans:
46) Rectangular bar of size 50mm x 30mm and length 1m s is subjected to suddenly applied load of
1.5kN. the stress in the material of bar will be
A. 1MPa
B. 2MPa
C. 2.5MPa
D. 1.5MPa
Ans:
47) Strain energy density is the strain energy stored per
A. Unit length
B. Unit volume
C. Unit area
D. None
Ans:
48) A 60mm diameter shaft is subjected to torque of 4kN.m. what is the maximum shear stress
A. 90MPa
B. 100MPa
C. 86.39MPa
D. 94.31MPa
Ans:
49) The torque is moment about
A. X-X axis in plane of c/s
B. Longitudinal axis perpendicular to c/s
C. Z-Z axis in plane of c/s
D. Y-Y axis in plane of c/s
Ans:
50) The shear strength at center of the shaft subjected to pure torsion will be
A. Zero
B. Minimum
C. Maximum
D. None
Ans:
51) Impact strength of material is an index sign of its
A. Fatigue strength
B. Tensile strength
C. Hardness
D. Toughness
Ans:
52) The unit of torsional rigidity
A. N/mm2
B. N/mm3
C. mm4
D. m3
Ans:
53) Material which shows direction dependent properties are called
A. Homogeneous
B. Isotropic
C. Anisotropic
D. Viscoelastic
Ans:
54) A copper rod 3mm in diameter is subjected to pull of 495N extends by 0.07mmover guage length
of 100mm. what is the value of Young’s Modulus?
A. 150GPa
B. 200GPa
C. 100GPa
D. 250GPa
Ans:
55) Shear stress variation with respect to radial distance from polar axis for circular shaft subjected
to pure torque is
A. Parabolic
B. Linear
C. Cubic
D. Any other
Ans:
56) Elastic property of substance ______________ after hammering.
A. Decreases
B. Remains as such
C. Increases
D. Becomes zero
Ans:
57) A solid circular shaft is designed to transmit a power of 40kW at 120rpm. The maximum torque
exceed the mean by 20%. Maximum torque will be
A. 3821.65N.mm
B. 3184.71N.mm
C. 4585.98N.mm
D. None
Ans:
58) The torsional flexibility of circular shaft 100mm dia and length 1m with G = 85GPa will be
A. 5.99 x 10-5
B. 1198.9 x 10-6
C. 5.99 x 10-4
D. None
Ans:
59) A hollow circular shaft with outer and inner diameter 100mm and 75mm respectively is acted
upon by turning moment of 100kN-m. The shear stress at inside periphery is
A. 55.9MPa
B. 5.59MPa
C. 0.559MPa
D. None
Ans:
60) There are ___________ moduli for elastic material.
A. One
B. Three
C. Two
D. Four
Ans:
61) Torsional resistance required to cause unit rotation of a circular shaft is known as
A. Flexural rigidity
B. Torsional rigidity
C. Torsional stiffness
D. Torsional flexibility
Ans:
62) The unit of torsional rigidity is
A. N-m2
B. N-m3
C. m4
D. m2
Ans:
63) If the modulus of elasticity is equal to zero, the material is said to be
A. Plastic
B. Rigid
C. Flexibility
D. Prismatic
Ans:
64) Torsional rigidity is product of
A. Shear modulus and MI
B. Shear modulus and Polar MI
C. Youngs modulus and MI
D. Bulk modulus and MI
Ans:
65) Flexibility rigidity is product of
C. Youngs modulus and MI
Ans:
66) Axial rigidity is product of
C. Youngs modulus and Cross sectional area
Ans:
67) For a given material, the Young’s modulus is 2.4 times modulus of rigidity. Its Poisson’s
ratio is
A. 0.1
B. 0.4
C. 0.3
D. 0.2
Ans:
68) When a weight of 10kg is suspended from a copper wire of length 30m and diameter
0.4mm, its length increases by 2.4mm. if the diameter is doubled the extension
produced is
A. 0.6cm
B. 4.8cm
C. 1.2cm
D. 9.6cm
Ans:
69) For any material, the maximum value of G in terms of E is
A. E/2
B. E
C. E/3
D. 2E
Ans:
70) A material has Poisson’s ratio 0.5, if the longitudinal strain is 2 x 10-3 . What is
percentage increase in volume?
A. 2%
B. 0.5%
C. 1%
D. Zero
Ans:
71) The ratio of linear stress to linear strain, within elastic limit is known as
A. Shear modulus
B. Modulus of rigidity
D. Bulk modulus
Ans;
72) The property of a material by which it returns to its original dimension during unloading
is called
A. None
B. Plasticity
C. Ductility
D. Elasticity
Ans:
73) The ratio change in length of bar to original length when loaded axially is called
A. Volumetric strain
B. Lateral strain
C. Linear strain
D. Shearing strain
Ans:
74) Which one of the following statement is correct? If a material expands freely due to
heating, it will develop
A. No stress
B. Tensile stress
D. Thermal stress
Ans:
75) Change in the shape of regular body is due to
A. Longitudinal strain
B. Bulk strain
C. Volumetric strain
D. Shearing strain
Ans:
76) Two wires of same length and same material but radii in the ratio 1.2 are stretched by
equal elongation. What is the ratio of forces?
A. 2
B. 4
C. 0.5
D. 0.25
Ans:
77) A hollow shaft of D = 150mm and d = 100mm is 1.5m long. If G = 80GPa. What will be
the maximum torque required to produce a twist of 0.5 degree over the length of shaft ?
A. 20.86kN-m
B. 18.56kN-m
C. 23.22kN-m
D. 50kN-m
Ans:
78) A 60mm diameter shaft is subjected to a torque of 4kN-m. What is the maximum shear
stress induced in the shaft is
A. 90MPa
B. 100MPa
C. 86.39MPa
D. 94.31MPa
Ans:
79) Hollow shaft of internal diameter 67mm and thickness 4mm, is rotating at 1rps.
Maximum permissible shear stress is 80N/mm2 . Power transmitted by shaft is
A. 30kW
B. 15kW
C. 25kW
D. 17kW
Ans:
80) If a cube of side 20mm is subjected to hydrostatic pressure of 100MPa, what is the
change in volume if Poisson’s ratio is 0.5
A. 100mm3
B. 10mm3
C. 1000mm3
D. Zero
Ans:
81) During free expansion due to temperature rise or fall
A. No strain is developed
B. No stress is developed
C. Both are developed
D. None
Ans:
82) Ductile substances are those in which
A. There is no elastic
B. There is no breaking point
C. There is large gap between elastic limit and breaking point
D. Hook law is not applicable
Ans;
83) Due to temperature rise of uniform rod fixed at both ends, stress developed is
A. Tensile in nature
B. Compressive stress
C. Shear stress
D. None
Ans:
84) The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is known as
A. Poisson’s ratio
B. Bulk modulus
C. Modular ratio
D. None
Ans:
85) The property of a material to get ruptured without significant deformation is known as
A. Elasticity
B. Stiffness
C. Ductility
D. Brittleness
Ans:
86) Hooks law holds upto
A. Yield point
B. Elastic point
C. Breaking point
D. None
Ans:
87) Maximum value of Poisson’s ratio is
A. 0
B. 1
C. 0.8
D. 0.5
Ans:
88) Pure shear is possible only in
A. Gasses
B. Liquids
C. Solids
D. All of above
Ans:
89) Maximum shear stress in circular bar of radius 50mm and torque 500kN-mm is
A. 5.09MPa
B. 50.9Mpa
C. 2.547MPa
D. 25.47MPa
Ans:
90) A solid shaft of diameter 80mm is rotating at 100rpm. Maximum permissible shear
stress is 60N/mm2 , Power transmitted by shaft is
A. 36kW
B. 46kW
C. 63kW
D. 64kW
Ans:
91) An axial pull of 10kN is suddenly applies to a bar of uniform c/s area 500mm 2 and length
1m. E = 200Gpa. Maximum strain developed in the bar is
A. 1 x 10-3
B. 2 x 10-2
C. 1 x 10-4
D. 2 x 10-4
Ans:
92) An axial pull of 10kN is gradually applied to a bar of uniform c/s area 500mm 2 and length
1m. E = 200Gpa. The maximum stress developed in the bar is
A. 10MPa
B. 30MPa
C. 20MPa
D. 40MPa
Ans:
93) A hollow shaft is to have an outside diameter d and inside diameter d/2. Calculate
minimum value of d if it is to transmit 375kW at 150rpm with working stress of 40MPa.
A. 125mm
B. 150mm
C. 180mm
D. 167mm
Ans:
94) A rectangular bar of size 50mm x 30mm and length 1m is subjected to suddenly applied
load of 1.5kN. The stress in the material of the bar will be
A. 1MPa
B. 2MPa
C. 2.5MPa
D. 1.5MPa
Ans:
95) A solid circular shaft of 100mm diameter and length 1m is subjected to a torque of
100kN-m. shear stress at periphery of shaft will be
A. 0.509MPa
B. 981.25MPa
C. 9812.5MPa
D. None
Ans;
96) A solid shaft of 125mm diameter is rotating at 95rpm. Maximum permissible shear
stress is 86N/mm2 , Power transmitted by shaft is
A. 228kW
B. 328kW
C. 128kW
D. 428kW
Ans:
97) What is power transmitted by a 75mm diameter shaft at 140rpm at a maximum shear of
60MPa?
A. 110kW
B. 82.86kW
C. 100kW
D. 72.86kW
Ans:
98) Strain energy density is the strain energy stored per unit
A. Length
B. Volume
C. Area
D. None
Ans:
99) Shaft connected in parallel, the angle of twist with respect to another when subjected to
turning moment will be
A. Equal
B. Lesser
C. Greater
D. None
100) The ratio of maximum shear stress to maximum normal stress at any point in a solid
circular bar is
A. 1
B. 2
C. 2/3
D. 1/2
Ans:
101) The extension of wire by application of load is 3mm. The extension in wire of same
material and same length but half the radius by the same load is
A. 0.75mm
B. 12mm
C. 6mm
D. 1.5mm
Ans:
102) For what change in the length of wire 1m long will the value of stress be numerically
equal to the Young’s modulus
A. 5cm
B. 50cm
C. 150cm
D. 100cm
Ans:
103) A 100mm x 5mm x 5mm steel bar free to expand is heated from 150C to 400C. what
shall be developed?
A. No stress
B. Compressive stress
C. Shear stress
D. Tensile stress
Ans:
104) Force required to stretch a steel wire of 1cm2 cross section to 1.1 times its length if E
= 2x1011 N/mm2 is
A. 2x109N
B. 2X106N
C. 20X109N
D. 0.2X109N
Ans:
105) A wire of 1m length is stretched by a force of 1000N, E = 2x10 10Pa, what will be the
final length of wire?
A. 100.5cm
B. 105cm
C. 100.05cm
D. None
Ans:
106) When shaft is induced to twisting moment, the stresses induced are,
A. Bending stresses
B. Shear stresses
C. Tensile stresses
D. Compressive stresses
Ans:
107) A reinforced concrete column subjected to axial compression is example of
A. Compound section
B. Composite section
C. Rigid section
D. Determinate section
Ans:
108) Free expansion of rod due to temperature rise is mainly depends on
A. Coefficient of linear expansion
B. Volume change
C. Cross sectional area
D. All above
Ans:
109) The ratio of change in width to original width of an axially loaded rectangular bar is
A. Lateral strain
B. Linear strain
C. Volumetric strain
D. Shearing strain
Ans:
110) Modulus of rigidity is defined as ratio of
A. Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
B. Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
C. Shear stress and shear strain
D. Lateral stress and lateral strain
Ans:
111) When external force is applied on body then restoring force is set up in body, this
restoring force per unit area is called as
A. Elastic
B. Stress
C. Strain
D. Temperature
Ans:
112) After reaching the yield stage while testing a mild steel specimen,
A. Strain becomes almost constant with increase in load
B. Strain increases without increase in load
C. Stress decreases
D. None of above
Ans:
Q. No. Ans Q. No. Ans Q. No. Ans
1 C 51 D 101
2 B 52 INVALID 102
3 B 53 B 103
4 D 54 C 104 D
5 B 55 B 105
6 D 56 B 106
7 57 A 107 B
8 A 58 B 108
9 D 59 109 A
10 B 60 B 110 C
11 A 61 C 111 B
12 B 62 A 112 B
13 D 63 B
14 B 64 B
15 INVALID 65 C
16 C 66 C
17 A 67 D
18 A 68 A
19 D 69 A
20 D 70
21 B 71 C
22 C 72 D
23 B 73 C
24 B 74 A
25 C 75 C
26 B 76 D
27 A 77 B
28 78 D
29 B 79 B
30 A 80
31 A 81 B
32 A 82 C
33 C 83 B
34 B 84 A
35 D 85 D
36 D 86 B
37 D 87 D
38 88
39 A 89
40 B 90 C
41 91 D
42 92 C
43 B 93
44 B 94 B
45 C 95
46 B 96
47 B 97
48 D 98 B
49 B 99 A
50 A 100
Most Important MOS MCQs (2 mark Problems)
1) A rectangular log of wood is floating in water with load of 100N at centre. The maximum shear force
in the wooden log is
50 N at each end 50 N at centre 100N at the centre None of these
2) A beam of rectangular cross section is 100mm wide and 200mm deep. If the section is subjected to a
shear force of 20KN, then the maximum shear stress in the section is
1 N/mm2 1.125 N/mm2 1.33 N/mm2 1.5 N/mm2
3) A hollow shaft, external diameter is 110mm and thickness 5mm, is rotating at 90 rpm. Maximum
permissible shear stress is 60 N/mm2. Power transmitted by shaft is
47 KW 27 KW 37 KW 42 KW
4) An axial pull of 10KN is gradually applied to a bar of uniform cross section area 500 mm2 and
length 1m, E=200GPa. The maximum strain energy stored per unit volume in the bar is
1x10-3 2x10-4 1x10-4 4x10-3
5) A wire is drawn twice to its length. The ratio of the new elongation to the original elongation for the
same load is
2 0.5 4 0.25
6) A hollow shaft, internal diameter is 60mm, is rotating at 80 rpm. Power transmitted by shaft is 18.3
KW. Maximum permissible shear stress is 90 N/mm2. External diameter of shaft is
77 88 68 62
7) A beam of square cross section with side 100 mm, is placed with one diagonal vertical. If the shear
force acting on the section is 10 KN, the maximum shear stress is
1 N/mm2 1.125 N/mm2 2 N/mm2 2.25 N/mm2
8) Rectangular beam section 300 mm wide and 500 mm deep. If BM is 31.25 KNm, maximum bending
stress induced in the section is
1.6 MPa 2.5 MPa 2.2 MPa 1.2 MPa
9) A rectangular beam of 400x200 mm size of wood material, if permissible bending stress in wood is
2 MPa, the moment of resistance in beam is
5.33 x 106 Nmm 6.13 x 106 Nmm 5.80 x 106 Nmm 5.75 x 106 Nmm
10) A shear force of 500 N is acting on a triangular cross section of base 50 mm and height 40mm. the
average shear stress will be
0.75 MPa 0.66 MPa 7.5 MPa 0.50 MPa
11) A plane element in a body is subjected to a normal stress of 25 MPa in positive X direction and
anticlockwise shear of 100 MPa on vertical surface. The shear stress on plane inclined at 20 degree
anticlockwise will be
68.57 MPa clockwise 68.57 MPa anticlock. 84.64 MPa clockwise 84.64 MPa anticlock.
12) An ‘I’ section beam with flanges width 100 mm and web width 20 mm. if shear stress at the junction
of the flange and web is 12 MPa. What is the value of shear stress at a point where the shear stress is
suddenly increase
60 MPa 18 MPa 12 MPa None of these
13) A hollow steel column of 250 mm external diameter and 200 mm internal diameter. If safe
compressive stress is 120 MPa. The safe axial compressive load should be nearer to
1120.5 KN 2120.5 KN 3120.5 KN 4120.5 KN
Most Important MOS MCQs (2 marks each)
14) A circular cross section of 50mm radius is subjected to 100KN shear force. The maximum shear
stress at N.A. will be
16.98 MPa 1.698 MPa 169.8 MPa None of these
15) The moment of inertia of a beam section 250mm deep is 35x107 mm4, sectional modulus of the
section will be
2.1x106 mm3 2.8x106 mm3 3.1x106 mm3 3.8x106 mm3
16) A steel rod 50mm in diameter is 3m long. When a pull of 100KN is suddenly applied to it, the
instantaneous elongation produced is …. (Assume E= 200 GPa)
1.53 mm 2.13 mm 1.23 mm None of these
17) The power transmitted by a circular shaft of radius 50 mm rotating at 100 rpm and angle of twist
0.9 degrees on 2m length with G=85 GPa, will be
68.52 KW 6.85 KW 68524.9 KW None of these
18) A shaft transmits torque T, to reduce twist by 50%, the new diameter should be
0.9 times 1.9 times 1.19 times 0.6 times
19) A rectangular beam 300 mm deep is simply supported over a span of 6m. what UDL the beam may
carry if the bending stress is not to exceed 160 MPa (I= 8x106 mm4)
1.88 KN/m 2.5 KN/m 3.2 KN/m 3.88 KN/m
20) A ‘T’ section has top flange of 100mm x 40mm size and web of 80mm x 40mm size is subjected to
SF of 144KN. The average shear stress is
20 MPa 2 MPa 200 MPa None of these
21) A 60mm diameter shaft is subjected to torque of 4KN/m. What is the maximum shear stress induced
in the shaft?
90 MPa 100 Mpa 86.39 MPa 94.31 MPa
22) The maximum stress due to suddenly applied load is ____ the maximum stress if the same load is
applied gradually
Equal to Less than Half Twice
23) For what change in length of wire 1m long will the value of stress be numerically equal to the
Young’s modulus?
5 cm 50 cm 150 cm 100 cm
24) A hollow column of external diameter 300 mm is 20 mm thick. If crushing strength of material is
550MPa, what is safe load if factor of safety is 5.
1200.82 KN 1935. 21 KN 9676.03 KN 1495 KN
25) A hollow circular shaft with outer and internal diameter 100mm and 75mm respectively is acted
upon by turning moment 100 KNmm. The shear stress at inside periphery is
26) The torsional resistance required to cause unit rotation of a circular shaft is known as
Flexural rigidity Torsion rigidity Torsional stiffness Torsional flexibility
Most Important MOS MCQs (2 marks each)
27) The force required to stretch a steel wire of 1 cm2 cross section to 1.1 times its length,
if E=2x1011 N/m2 is
2x109 N 2x106 N 20x109 N 0.2x109 N
length 1m. E=200GPa. The maximum stress developed in the bar is
10 MPa 30 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa
29) A solid shaft of 125 mm diameter is rotating at 95 rpm. The maximum permissible shear stress
is 86 N/mm2. Power transmitted by shaft is
228 KW 328 KW 128 KW 428 KW
30) A 30 mm diameter steel rod when subjected to an axial tensile force was subjected to strain
of 0.6 x 10-3. What is the value of tensile force?
100.82 KN 120.52 KN 42.4 KN 84.82 KN
31) A force of 1N doubles the length of cord with cross section 1mm2. The ‘E’ for the material is
1 N/m2 106 N/m2 2x106 N/m2 None of these
32) A solid circular shaft of 100 mm diameter and length 1m is subjected to 100 KNmm torque. The
shear stress at periphery of the shaft will be
33) A steel bar 40mm x 40mm square cross section is subjected to an axial load of 200 KN. If the length
of the bar is 2m and E=200 GPa, the elongation of the bar will be
5.40 mm 2.70 mm 4.05 mm 1.25 mm
34) A 60mm diameter shaft is subjected to a torque of 4KNm. What is the maximum shear stress
90MPa 100 MPa 86.39 MPa 94.31 MPa
35) A solid shaft is rotating at 85 rpm. The maximum permissible shear stress is 60 N/mm2. Power
transmitted by shaft is 44.2 KW. Diameter of shaft is
55 mm 75 mm 65 mm 60 mm
36) A hollow shaft is to have an outside diameter ‘d’ and inside diameter ‘d/2’. Calculate maximum
value of ‘d’ if it is to transmit 375 KW at 105 rpm with a working stress of 40 MPa.
125 mm 150 mm 180 mm 167 mm
37) A rectangular bar of size 50mmx 30mm and length 1m is subjected to suddenly applied load of
1.5KN. The stress in the material of the bar will be
1 MPa 2 MPa 2.5 MPa 1.5 MPa
38) Two wires of same length and same material but radii in the ratio 1:2 are stretched by equal
elongation. What is the ratio of the forces?
2 4 0.5 0.25
length 1m. E=200 GPa, the maximum strain developed in the bar is
1x10-4 2x10-4 1x10-2 2x10-2
Most Important MOS MCQs (1 mark each)
For analyses of a composite section (Ans = C)

Only static equilibrium Only compatibility Both static and None of these
conditions are required conditions are required compatibility conditions
Shearing strain is represented by (Ans = A)

Angle of twist Angle of distortion Deforming forces Deforming torque
Within elastic limit, stress is (Ans = B)

Inversely proportional Directly proportional to Square root of strain Equal to strain
to strain strain
The strain energy stored in a member of cross section area ‘A’ and length ‘L’ is (Ans = D)
P2L/2AE σ 2EL/2A σ 2EA/2L σ 2AL/2E
As per theory of pure bending, transverse section which were plane before bending (Ans = A)
Remains plane after Get bend after bending Breaks after bending Remains trapezoidal
bending after bending
The property of material to absorb shock energy without failure is known as (Ans = A)
Toughness Resilience Plasticity Elasticity
For a circular shaft the ratio of M.I. with distance from centre is called (Ans = B)
Modular ratio Polar modulus Section modulus Slenderness ratio
The flexural rigidity is given by ( Ans = C)

Mxy ExR Ex I σ xZ
The ratio of maximum shear stress to mean shear stress for a triangular section of base B and height H
will be (Ans= B)
0.66 1.5 1.33 0.75
S.I. unit of sectional modulus is (Ans = A)

Cm3 Cm2 cm Cm4
The torsion equation for a shaft of circular cross section based on (Ans = C)
Principal stress theory Flexural formula Pure torsion theory Combined torsion and
bending
Section modulus is the ratio of (Ans = A)

I and Y Y and R M and Y Y and I
Moment of inertia for circular section of diameter ‘d’ is (Ans = B)

Πd3/32 Πd4/64 Πd4/32 Πd3/64
The maximum shear stress developed in beam of circular section is __ the average shear stress (Ans=B)
Equal to 4/3 times 1.5 times 1.73 times
The ratio of tangential stress to shearing strain is called as (Ans = D)

Modulus of elasticity Modulus of rigidity Shear modulus Both B and C
A rectangular section of bxd subjected to SF ‘S’ will have maximum shear stress as (Ans = A)
3S/2bd 2S/3bd S/bd None of these
Id
Question Which of the following is not the assumption of theory of simple bending?
A Transverse plane remain plane and perpendicular to the neutral surface after bending
B The cross section of beam is symmetric
C The stress is purely longitudinal
D Stress concentration effect is included
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress along neutral axis is __________________
A Maximum
B Minimum
C Zero
D None of them
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In case of T section, bending stress is maximum at
A Upper fiber
B Lower fiber
C Neutral axis
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending is called unsymmetrical
A When the cross section is symmetric about vertical axis
B Load is along vertical symmetrical axis of cross section
C Both A and B
D None of A and B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The variation of bending stress and distance from neutral axis is
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress and radius of curvature at a distance from neutral fiber are
A Directly proportional
B Inversely proportional
C Not related
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the section modulus is increased then bending stress
A Increases
B Decreases
C Remain constant
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For the rectangular beam of width ‘b’ and depth ‘d’, the sectional modulus is
A bd^3/6
B bd^2/6
C bd^3/12
D bd^2/12
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question For the circular beam of diameter ‘d’, the sectional modulus is
A πd^3/64
B πd^3/32
C πd^2/64
D πd^2/32
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Beams with uniform bending strength will have
A Same bending moment all along the length
B Same depth all along the length
C Same bending stress all along the length
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of depth of simply supported beam with point load at middle to have
uniform bending strength is
A Constant
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the width of the section is increased then shear stress
A Increases
B Decreases
C Remain constant
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of shear stress along cross section of beam is
A Constant
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D Linear
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress is maximum at __________________
A Outer fibers
B Neutral axis
C Everywhere
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The shear stress is maximum at __________________
A Outer fibers
B Neutral axis
C Everywhere
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For hogging bending moment the compression zone is …
A along neutral axis
B above neutral axis
C below neutral axis
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The moment of inertia of a circular cross-section of diameter ‘d’ about an axis passing
through its centroid can be expressed as …
A πd4 /64
B πd2 /32
C πd2 /64
D πd4 /32
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If a beam having rectangular cross-section is subjected to shear force, the maximum shear
stress occurs at …
A Neutral axis
B Extreme fibre
C Depends on the dimensions
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of shear stress is linear across the depth for which cross-section?
A Rectangular
B Circular
C I – section
D None of these
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Shear stress in a beam subjected to shear force is inversely proportional to …
A M.I. and depth of section
B Polar M.I. and depth
C M.I. and width of section
D Polar M.I. and area of section
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A beam is subjected to shear force F. If shear force increases by 50% then the shear stress
will …
A Increase by 50%
B Decrease by 50%
C Increase by 25%
D Decrease by 25%
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of M.I. of a section to the distance of extreme fiber is known as …
A Shear modulus
B Bulk modulus
C elastic modulus
D section modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a cantillever beam is loaded at its free end, maximum compressive stress shall
develop at ....
A Bottom fiber
B Top fiber
C Neutral axis
D Center of gravity
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The flexural formula for beam is...
A M/Y = E/R
B Y/M=E/R
C M/I = E/R
D M/R=E/I
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Section modulus (Z) for member under bending load is...
A σb(max)/E
B M/σb(max)
C σb(max)/M
D M/I
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
A I/σbmax
B ymax/I
C σbmax/I
D I/ymax
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The beam material is stressed...
A Within plastic limit

B Within elastic limit
C Beyond plastic limit
D Between elastic and plastic limit
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The value of E during pure bending is assumed to be...
A More in tension and less in compression

B Same in tension and compression
C Less in tension and more in compression
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Flitched beams means...
A Continuous beam
B Fixed beam
C Composite beam consisting of wooden and mild steel plates
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question During bending of beams which of the following statement is true...
A Alternate layer is free to expand and contract independently.

B No layer is free to expand and contract independently.
C Each layer is free to expand and contract independently.
D Only extreme layer is free to expand and contract independently.
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam with central point load acting downwards, the fibre
experincing highest tension in bending will be....
A None of the below options

B Extreme above the NA
C At the NA
D Extreme below the NA
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
experincing highest compression in bending will be....

C At the NA
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question E1/E2 is called ...
A Poisson's ratio
B Ratio of elasticity
C Modular ratio
D Nodular ratio
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Factors influencing bending stress in beams are...
A Bending moment alone

B Bending moment and M.I.
C Bending moment , M.I. , E and R
D Bending moment, M.I., E, R and y
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Max. BM for Simply supported beam with udl is ....
A wL/8
B wL2/8
C wL3/8
D wL2/12
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question A rectangular section (b x d) is subjected to shear force F. The maximum shear stress will
be …
A 5 F/(2bd)
B 3 F/(2bd)
C 3 F/(4bd)
D 2 F/(3bd)
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Rectangular sections A and B have width ’b’ mm and ‘2b’ mm respectively but have same
depth. If these are subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum
bending stress in section A to section B?
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Rectangular sections A and B have depth ’d’ mm and ‘2d’ mm respectively but have same
width. If these are subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Circular sections A and B have diameter ’d’ mm and ‘2d’ mm respectively. If these are
subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum bending stress in section
A to section B?
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:4
D 4:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
will …
A Increase by 50%
B Decrease by 50%
C Increase by 25%
D Decrease by 25%
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Section modulus of solid circular rod of diameter D is equal to
A D²/10
B D³/10
C D4/10
D D4/20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Section modulus of hollow circle with average diameter 'd' and wall thickness 't' is equal
to
A (4/5) t d2
B (4/5) t2 d2
C (4/5) d t2
D (5/4) t d2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Moment of beam is defined as its section modulus multiplied by
A moment of inertia
B stress
C strain
D Coefficient of elasticity
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If freely supported beam at its ends is loaded by a central concentrated load, then
maximum moment is M. If the same weight be equally distributed over the beam, then
maximum moment will be
A M
B M/2
C M/3
D M/4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of maximum shear stress to the average shear stress in a rectangular beam
subjected to torsion is
A 3/2
B 4/3
C 7/4
D 2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The section modulus of a circular section about an axis through its c.g is
A Π/16
B Π/32
C Π64
D Πd2/32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the section modulus of a beam decreases, then bending stress will
A Decrease
B Increase
C Remain same
D There is no such correlation
Answer increase
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In an Isection of a beam subjected to transverse shear force Q, The maximum shear stress
is developed at.
A The top edge of the top flange
B The bottom edge of the top flange
C The upper edge of the bottom flange
D The center of the Web
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever length l is fixed at one end and a couple M is applied at the other end . If EI
is the flexural rigidity of the cantilever, then slope at the free end of the cantilever is
A 2Ml/ EI
B Ml/ EI
C Ml/ 2EI
D 4Ml/EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress in the case of circular shaft
transmitting power is
A 2
B 1.33
C 1
D 0.75
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of average shear stress to maximum shear stress for a beam of circular section
subjected to transverse shear force is
A 0.8
B 0.75
C 0.67
D 0.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The maximum shear stress developed in a beam of circular section is __________ the
average shear stress
A equal to
B 4/3 times
C 1.5 times
D twice
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Which of the following statements regarding assumptions in analysis of stressed beam is
false
A The material is homogeneous and isotropic, so that it has the same elastic properties in all
directions
B Modulus of elasticity in tension and compression are equal
C The radius of curvature of the beam before bending is equal to that of its transverse
dimensions
D Normal sections of the beam, which were plane before bending, remain plane after
bending
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In T-section
A Both flange and web resists in the ratio of the
their areas of cross-section
B Only flanges resists shear
C Most of the shear is resisted by web only
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Shear stress in a rectangular beam exhibits a
A Parabolic variation
B Linear variation
C Cubic variation
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In I-section, the bending moment is resisted mainly by
A Flanges only
B Web only
C Both by flanges and web
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of uniform strength is one in which
A B.M. is same throughout the beam
B Deflection is same throughout the length
C The bending stress is same in every section along the longitudinal axis
D Shear stress is uniform throughout the beam
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The beam section shown in figure is subjected to a maximum bending stress of 9 N/mm2.
Find (a). the force on the area shaded and (b). the moment of this force about the neutral
axis.
A 2100N, 3660Nm
B 5400N, 486Nm
C 54000N, 4860Nm
D 54005N, 4865Nm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For the beam section shown in figure , find the ratio of the moments of resistance about
the XX and YY axes, for a given safe stress
A 1.814
B 1.184
C 4.481
D 8.142
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The section modulus for hollow rectangular section shown below is:
A BD-bd/6D
B BD2-bd2/6D
C B-b/6D
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The moment of resistance for the hollow circular section shown is:
A f.[π(D4-d4)/32D]
B f.[π(D4-d4)/34D]
C f.[π(D2-d2)/32D]
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The T-shaped cross-section of a beam is subjected to vertical shear force of 100kN.
Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and flange.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal neutral axis is 1.134x108mm4.
A 11.20N/mm2; 2.750N/mm2
B 11.02N/mm2; 2.755N/mm2
C 2.755N/mm2; 11.02N/mm2
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of rectangular section (width 100 mm and depth 200 mm) is subjected to a shear
force of 360 kN. Determine the maximum shear stress induced.
A 36.0 MPa
B 27.0 MPa
C 24.0 MPa
D 21.0 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Determine the maximum B.M. that can be applied to a beam of a hollow circular section
(OD 34 mm and thickness 5 mm) if the bending stress is not to exceed 110 MPa?
A 319 Nm
B 281 Nm
C 267 Nm
D 249 Nm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question What will be the maximum bending stress induced in a hollow circular section having OD
40 mm and ID 30 mm if bending moment 500 Nm acts upon it?
A 116.4 MPa
B 96.4 MPa
C 106.4 MPa
D 126.4 Mpa
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel bar of rectangular section having width b = 20 mm and depth d = 60 mm is
subjected to a certain bending moment resulting in bending stress of 250 MPa. How much
is the bending moment?
A 2.1 kNm
B 2.4 kNm
C 2.7 kNm
D 3.0 kNm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
subjected to bending moment of 1.5 kNm. What will be the bending stress induced?
A 145 MPa
B 135 MPa
C 125 MPa
D 175 MPa
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
A 7.8 MPa
B 9.8 MPa
C 6.8 MPa
D 8.5 MPa
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length 1.2 m carries a concentrated load of 1.2 kn at the free end. The
Beam is of rectangular cross section with breadth equal to half the depth. The maximum
stress due to bendign is not to exeed 100 N/mm2. The minimum depth of the beam should
be.
A 240 mm
B 120 mm
C 75 mm
D 60 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A Beam of rectangular section of breath 10 cm and depth 20 cm is subjected to a bending
moment of 2.00 kNm. The stress developed at a distance of 5 cm from the top face is.
A 3 N/mm2
B 1.5 N/mm2
C 0.75 N/mm2
D 0.0 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A thin circular tube is used as a beam . At a particular section it is subjected to shear
force . If the maximum shear stress developed in the section is 'q', the mean shear stress
is.
A 0.5q
B 0.75q
C 0.80q
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel shaft A of diameter 'd ', length 'l' is subjected to a twisting moment T. another shaft
B of brass of same diameter 'd' but length '0.5l' is also subjected to same twisting moment
'T'. If the shear modulus of steel is twice the shear modulus of brass and the max shear
stress developed in steel shaft is 100 N/mm2, then the max stress developed in brass shaft
is.
A 200 N/mm2
B 100N/mm2
C 50N/mm2
D 25N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of T section is subjected to a bending moment. The depth of the section is 12cm.
The moment of the inertia of the section about the neutral axis is 600 cm4. The flange of
the section is in compression. If the maximum tensile stress in the section is double the
max compressive stress, then the value of the section modulus in tension for the section is
A 100 cm3
B 150 cm3
C 75 cm3
D 50 cm3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of of circular cross section , area 100mm2 is subjected to a transverse shear force
of 6 KN at a particular section. The magnitude of the maximum shear stress developed in
the section is
A 90 N/mm2
B 80 N/mm2
C 60 N/mm2
D 45 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Two tie rods are connected through a pin of a cross sectional area 80mm2. If the tie bars
are subjected to a tensile load of 20 Kn , then shear stress in the pin will be
A 500 N/mm2
B 250 N/mm2
C 125 N/mm2
D 50 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of I section of depth 20cm is subjected to a bending moment. The flange
thickness is 1.5cm and web thickness is 0.5cm. If the maximum stress developed in the I
section is 20 N/mm2 , the stress developed at the inner edge of the flange is
A 20 N/mm2
B 17 N/mm2
C 14 N/mm2
D 6.667 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam with a square cross section 100 X 100mm is simply supported at its ends and
carries a center load W. If the maximum shear stress developed in the section is not
exceed than 6 N/mm2,the maximum value of W is
A 20 KN
B 40 KN
C 80 KN
D 100KN
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam 3 m in length is simply supported at each end and bears a uniformly distributed
load of 10 kN per metre of length. The cross section of the bar is rectangular, 75 mm x
150 mm. Maximum bending stress in the beam will be
A 20 MPa
B 40 MPa
C 60 MPa
D 80 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam is loaded by a couple of 1 kNm at each of its ends. The beam is steel and of
rectangular cross section 25 mm wide by 50 mm deep. The maximum bending stress will
be
A 96 MPa
B 48 MPa
C 72 MPa
D 24 MPa
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of circular cross section is 200 mm in diameter. It is simply supported at each end
and loaded by two concentrated loads of 100 kN, applied 250 mm from the ends of the
beam. The maximum stress in the beam will be
A 63.6 MPa
B 31.8 MPa
C 17.6 MPa
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel cantilever beam 5 m in length is subjected to a concentrated load of 1 kN acting at
the free end of the bar. The beam is of rectangular cross section, 50 mm wide by 75 mm
deep. The stress induced in the beam will be
A 0
B 107 MPa
C 110 MPa
D 117 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question An steel wire of 20 mm diameter is bent into a circular shape of 10 m radius. If E, the
modulus of elasticity is 2 x 106 kg/cm2, then the maximum stress induced in the wire is
A 103 kg/cm2
B 2 x 103 kg/cm2
C 4 x 103 kg/cm2
D 6 x 103
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A strip of steel 1 mm thick is bent into an arc of a circle of 1 m radius. The maximum
bending stress will be(E = 200 Gnm-2)
A 25 MPa
B 50 MPa
C 64 MPa
D 100 MPa
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
be.
A 240 mm
B 120 mm
C 75 mm
D 60 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
For analysis of composite section
1 A) Only static equilibrium conditions are required B) Only compatibility conditions are required
C) Both static and compatibility conditions are required D) None of the above
Shearing strain is represented by
2 A) Angle of twist B) Angle of distortion
C) Deforming force D) Deforming torque
A rectangular log of wood is floating in water with a load of 100N at its centre. The maximum shear force in the
wooden log is
3
A) 50 N at each end B) 50 N at the centre
C) 100 N at the centre D) None of the above
A beam of rectangular cross section is 100 mm wide and 200 mm deep. If the section is subjected to a shear force of
20KN, then the maximum shear stress in the section is
4
A) 1 N/mm2 B) 1.125 N/mm2
C) 1.33 N/mm2 D) 1.5 N/mm2
A hollow shaft, external diameter is 1.10mm and thickness 5 mm is rotating at 90 rpm. Maximum permissible shear
stress is 60 N/mm2. Power transmitted by shaft is
5
A) 47 KW B) 27 KW
C) 37 KW D) 42 KW
An axial pull of 10 KN is gradually applied to a bar of uniform c/s area 500 mm2 and length 1 m. E=200 Gpa. The
maximum strain energy stored per unit volume in the bar is _____ N/m2
6
A) 1x10^-3 B) 2x10^-4
C) 1x10^-4 D) 4x10^-3
Within elastic limit, stress is
7 A) Inversely proportional to strain B) Directly proportional to strain
C) Square root of strain D) Equal to strain
A wire is drawn twice to its length. The ratio of the new elongation to the original elongation for the same load is
8
A) 2 B) 0.5
C) 4 D) 0.25
A hollow shaft, internal diameter is 60 mm, is rotating at 80 rpm. Power transmitted by shaft is 18.3 KW. Maximum
permissible shear stress is 90 N/mm2. External diameter of shaft is
9
A) 77 B) 88
C) 68 D) 62
The strain energy stored in a member of c/s area 'A' and length 'L' is
10 A) P2L/2AE B) σ2EL/2A
C) σ2EA/2L D) σ2AL/2E
As per the assumptions of theory of bending, transverse section which were plane before bending
11 A) remains plane after bending B) get bends after bending
C) breaks after bending D) remains trapazoidal after bending
The property of material to absorb shock energy without failure is known as
12 A) Toughness B) Resilience
C) Plasticity D) Elasticity
For a circular shaft the ratio of M.I. with distance from centre is called
13 A) Modular ratio B) Polar modulus
C) Section modulus D) Slenderness Ratio
The flexural rigidity is given by
14 A) M x y B) E x R
C) E x I D) σ x z
The flange width '100 mm' of an I-section suddenly decreases at the junction of web and flange to '50 mm'. The
increase in shear stress at junction is
15
A) Three times B) Twice
C) 1.5 times D) 4/3 times
A beam of square cross section with side 100 mm is placed with one diagonal vertical. If the shear force acting on the
section is 10 KN, the maximum shear stress is
16
A) 1 N/mm2 B) 1.125 N/mm2
C) 2 N/mm2 D) 2.25 N/mm2
Rectangular beam section 300 mm wide and 500 mm deep. If bending moment is 31.25 KNm, maximum bending
stress induced in the section is
17
A) 1.6 Mpa B) 2.5 Mpa
C) 2.2 Mpa D) 1.2 Mpa
The yield locus according to Rankine's theory is
18 A) Square B) Hexagonal
C) Parabolic D) None of the above
A rectangular beam of 400 x 200 mm size of wood material, if permissible bending stress in wood is 2 MPa, the
moment of resistance in beam is
19
A) 5.33 x 10^6 Nmm B) 6.13 x 10^6 Nmm
C) 5.80 x 10^6 Nmm D) 5.75 x 10^6 Nmm
The ratio of maximum shear stress to mean shear stress for a triangular section of base 'b' and height 'h' will be
20
A) 0.66 B) 1.5
C) 1.331 D) 0.75
S. I. unit of section modulus is
21 A) cm3 B) cm2
C) cm3 D) cm4
A shear force of 500 N is acting on a triangular c/s of base 50 mm and height 40 mm. The average shear stress will be
22
A) 0.75 Mpa B) 0.66 Mpa
C) 7.5 Mpa D) 0.50 Mpa
A beam of triangular cross section is placed with its base horizontal. The maximum shear stress intensity in the
section will be
23
A) at the neutral axis B) at the base
C) above the neutral axis D) below the neutral axis
The torsion equation for a shaft of circular cross section based on
24 A) Principal stress theory B) Flexural formula
C) Pure torsion theory D) Combined torsion and bending theory
Section modulus is the ratio of
25 A) I and y B) y and R
C) M and y D) y and I
A plane element in a body is subjected to a normal stress of 25 Mpa in +ve x-direction and anticlockwise shear of 100
26 Mpa on vertical surface. The shear stress on plane inclined at 20 degree anticlockwise will be
A) 68.57 Mpa clockwise B) 68.57 Mpa anticlockwise
C) 84.64 Mpa clockwise D) 84.64 Mpa anticlockwise
An I section beam with flanges width 100 mm and web width 20 mm, if shear stress at the junction of the flange and
27 web is 12 Mpa. What is the value of shear stress at point where the shear stress is suddenly increase
A) 60 Mpa B) 18 Mpa
C) 12 Mpa D) None of the above
Moment of inertia for circular section of diameter 'd' is
28 A) πd3/32 B) πd4/64
C) πd4/32 D) πd3/64
A hollow steel column of 250 mm external diameter and 200 mm internal diameter. If safe compressive stress is 120
Mpa. The safe axial compressive load should be nearer to
29
A) 1120.5 KN B) 2120.5 KN
C) 3120.5 KN D) 4120.5 KN
A circular c/s of 50 mm radius is subjected to 100 KN shear force. The maximum shear stress at N. A. will be
30 A) 16.98 Mpa B) 1.698 Mpa
C) 169.8 Mpa D) None of the above
The maximum shear stress developed in beam of circular section is ____ the average shear stress
31 A) equal to B) 4/3 times
C) 1.5 times D) 1.73 times
The moment of inertia of a beam section 250 mm deep is 35x10^7 mm4, sectional modulus of section will be
32 A) 2.1x10^6 mm3 B) 2.8x10^6 mm3
C) 3.1x10^6 mm3 D) 3.8x10^6 mm3
Maximum shear stress theory is most suitable for
33
33 A) Brittle material B) Ductile material
C) Both A and B D) None of the above
A steel rod 50 mm in diameter is 3 m long. When a pull of 100 KN is suddenly applied to it, the instanteneous
elengation produced is _____ (assume E = 200 Gpa)
34
A) 1.53 mm B) 2.13 mm
C) 1.23 mm D) None of the above
Ductile substances are those in which
A) There is no elastic B) There is no breaking point
35
There is a large gap between elastic limit and
C) Hook's law is not applicable D) breaking point
Which of the following assumption is correct in theory of pure torsion?
36 A) The material of the shaft is uniform throught B) The twist along the shaft is uniform
C) The c/s of shaft is uniform throught D) All the above
The reciprocal of bulk modulus (1/k) is called
37 A) Young's modulus B) Modulus of rigidity
C) Hooke's law D) Compressibility
The force required to double the length of a wire of unit cross sectional area is numerically equal to
38 A) Young's modulus B) Bulk modulus
C) Stress D) Modulus of rigidity
Two bars, one of material A and other of material B of same length are tightly secured between two unyielding
walls. The coefficent of thermal contraction of bar A is more than that of B. When temperature decreases the stress
39 induced are
A) Tension in both the materials B) Tension in material A and compression in B
C) Compression in A and Tension in B D) Compression in both materials
Bending moment of simply supported beam of span 'L' loaded with point load 'w' KN at the centre. Maximum
bending moment is
40
A) wl B) wl3/2
C) wl2 D) wl/4
The power transmitted by a circular shaft of radius 50 mm otating at 100 rpm and angle of twist = 0.9 degree on 2m
length with G = 85 Gpa will be
41
A) 68.52 KW B) 6.85 KW
C) 68524.9 KW D) None of the above
Hooke's law holds upto
42 A) Yield point B) Breaking point
C) Elastic point D) None of the above
A shaft transmits torque 'T'. To reduce twist by 50%, the new diameter should be
43 A) 0.9 times B) 1.9 times
C) 1.19 times D) 0.6 times
The ratio of tangential stress to shearing strain is called as
44 A) Modulus of elasticity B) Modulus of rigidity
C) Shear Modulus D) Both B and C
A rectangular beam 300 mm deep is simply supported overa span of 6m. What udl the beam may carry if the
bending stress is not to exceed 160 Mpa? (Take I = 8x10^6 mm4)
45
A) 1.88 KN/m B) 2.5 KN/m
C) 3.2 KN/m D) 3.88 KN/m
A rectangular section of 'bxd' area and subjected to shear force 'S' will have maximum shear stress as
46 A) 3S/2bd B) 2S/3bd
C) S/bd D) None of the above
Strain energy stored in the material is
47 A) Elastic kinetic energy B) Elastic potential energy
C) Mechanical energy D) Vibrational energy
The T-section has top flange of 100 mm x 40 mm size and web of 80 mm x 40 mm size is subjected to a shear force of
144 KN. The average shear stress is
48
A) 20 Mpa B) 2 Mpa
C) 200 Mpa D) None of the above
Question Strain is defined as the ratios of
A Change in volume to original volume
B Change in length to original length
C Change in cross-sectional area to original cross- sectional area
D Any one of above
Question Young's modulus is defined as the ratio of

A Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
B Lateral stress
C Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
D Shear stress to shear strain
Question The unit of Young's modulus is

A mm/mm
B N/cm
C N
D N/cm2
Question Deformation per unit length in the direction of force is known as

A Strain
B Lateral strain
C Linear strain
D Linear stress
Question In equal and opposite forces applied to a body tends to elongate it the stress so produced
is called
A Internal resistance
B Tensile stress
C Transverse stress
D Working stress
Question The materials having same elastic properties in all the direction is called
A Ideal material
B Uniform material
C Isotropic Material
D Practical material
Question Modulus of rigidity is defined as the ratio of

A Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
B Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
C Lateral stress and lateral strain
D Shear stress and shear strain
Question The ultimate tensile stress of mild steel compared to ultimate compressive stress is
A Same
B More
C Less
D Unpredictable
Question Tensile strength of a material is obtained by dividing the maximum load during the test by
the
A Area at the time of fracture
B Original cross-sectional area
C Minimum area after fracture
D None of above
Question The intensity of stress which causes unit strain is called

A Unit stress
B Bulk modulus
C Modulus of rigidity
D Modulus of elasticity
Question Which of the following has no unit
A Surface tension
B Bulk modulus
C strain
D elasticity
Question The property of material by virtue of which a body returns to its original shape after
removal of the load is called
A Plasticity
B elasticity
C ductility
D malleability
Question The material which exhibit the same elastic properties in all direction are called
A Homogeneous
B Inelastic
C Isotropic
D Isentropic
Question The property of a material which allows it to be drawn into a smaller section is called
A Plasticity
B Ductility
C elasticity
D malleability
Question If a material is loaded beyond yield point stress

A It becomes elastic
B It becomes ductile
C Its resistance to fatigue to fatigue increases
D It loses its tendency to return its original shape
Id
Question A body is subjected to three mutually perpendicular stresses of equal intensity. The ratioof
direct stress to corresponding volumetric strain is called
A Poisson’s ratio
B Bulk modulus
Question A live load is one which

A Remains constant
B Varies with time
C Varies continuously
D None of these
Question Modulus of rigidity of metal is defined as

A Volumetric stress / Volumetric strain
B Direct stress / Longitudinal strain
C Strain energy / Volume
D Shear stress / Shear strain
Question Hook's law holds good only within

A Elastic limit
B Limit of proportionality
C Limit of yield point
D None of these
Question Elasticity of M S specimen is defined by

A Hooks law
B Yield point
C Proof stress
D Permanent set
Question Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio of
A Longitudinal stress and Longitudinal strain
B Lateral stress and Longitudinal stress
C Lateral stress and Lateral strain
D None of the above
Question When it is indicated that a member is elastic, it means that when force is applied, it will
A Not deform
B Be safest
C Stretch
D Not stretch
Question The ratio of lateral strain to the linear strain within elastic limit is known as
A Young's modulus
B Bulk modulus
C Modulus of elasticity
D Poisson's ratio
Question Limiting value of Poisson's ratio are

A 1 to -0.5
B 1 to +0.5
C 0 to +0.5
D 0 to -0.5
Question The modulus of elasticity for mild steel is approximately equal to

A 10 kN/mm2
B 80 kN/mm2
C 100 kN/mm2
D 210 kN/mm2
Question The unit of stress in S.I. units is

A Pa
B Kgf/mm2
C Tonne/m2
D any one of these
Question The tensile strength of ductile materials is its compressive strength.

A equal to
B less than
C greater than
D Nearly equal to
Question The compression test is carried on materials.

A ductile
B brittle
C malleable
D plastic
Question Poisson’s ratio lies in the range for most metals,

A 0.1 to 0.9
B 0.05 to 0.1
C 1 to 10
D 0.25 to 0.35
Question Isotropic material behavior can be expressed using properties are
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
Question Within elastic limit stress is

A Inversely proportional to strain
B Directly proportional to strain
C Square root of strain
D Equal to strain

A Unit stress
B Modulus of rigidity
C Bulk modulus
Question A material obeys Hook’s law up to

A Plastic limit
B Elastic limit
C Yield point
D Limit of proportionality
Question In a stress strain curve of mild steel there is a point at which there is increase in strain
with no increase in stress. This point is called
A point of failure
B point of rupture
C yield point
D none of these
Question The region in the stress-strain curve extending from origin to proportional limit is called
A plastic range
B elastic range
C semi plastic range
D semi elastic range
Questio Deformationofabarunderitsownweightascomparedtothatwhen subjected to a direct axialload

n equal to its own weight will be
A The same
B One fourth
C Half
D Double
Questio For bolts of uniform strength, the shank diameter is made equal to
n
A Major diameter of threads
B Pitch diameter of threads
C Minor diameter of threads

D Nominal diameter of threads
Questio A test specimen is stressed slightly beyond the yield point and then unloaded.Its
n yield strength will
A Decrease
B Increase
C Remains same
D Becomes equal to ultimate tensile strength
Questio A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of the
n following is sufficient to calculate the resulting change in diameter?
A Young's modulus
B Shear modulus
C Poisson’s ratio
D Both Young's modulus and shear modulus
Questio Duringtensile-testingofaspecimenusingaUniversalTestingMachine,the parameters

n actually measured include
A True stress and true strain
B Poisson’s ratio and Young's modulus
C Engineering stress and engineering strain
D Load and elongation

Questio Which of the following materials generally exhibits a yield point?
n
A Cast iron
B Mild steel
C Soft brass
D Aluminum
Questio Whichoneofthefollowingpropertiesismoresensitivetoincreaseinstrain rate?

n
A Yield strength
B Proportional limit
C Elastic limit
D Tensile strength
Questio For a linearly elastic, isotropic and homogeneous material, the number of elastic
n constants required to relate stress and strain is:
A Two
B Three
C Four
D Six
Questio The unit of elastic modulus is the same as those of

n
A Stress, shear modulus and pressure
B Strain, shear modulus and force
C Shear modulus, stress and force
D Stress, strain and pressure
Questio In a simple tension test, Hook’s law is valid up to the

n
A Elastic limit
C Ultimate stress
D Breaking point
Questio The percentage elongation of a material as obtained from static
n tension test dependsupon the
A Diameter of the test specimen
B Gauge length of the specimen
C Nature of end-grips of the testing machine
D Geometry of the test specimen
Questio In a bolted joint two members are connected with an axial tightening force of 2200
n N. If the bolt used has metric threads of 4 mm pitch, then torque required for
achieving the tightening force is:
A 0.7 Nm
B 1.0 Nm
C 1.4 Nm
D 2.8 Nm
Question A tensile force P is acting on a body of length L and area of cross-section A. The changein
length would be
A P/LAE
B PE/AL
C PL/AE
D AL/PE
Question The ratio of modulus of rigidity to modulus of elasticity for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25
would be
A 0.5
B 0.4
C 0.3
D 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of bulk modulus to modulus of elasticity for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25 would be
A 0.66
B 0.33
C 1.33
D 1
Question If D is the diameter of the sphere, then volumetric strain is equal to

A Two times the strain of diameter
B 1.5 times the strain of diameter
C three times the strain of diameter
D the strain of diameter
Question A rectangular bar when subjected to an axial pull P
A Decrease in length and width and increase in thickness

B Decrease in length and increase in width and thickness
C Increase in length and decrease in Width and thickness
D Increase in length, width and thickness
Question Thermal Stress of unrestrained body will when the temperature of the body is
incresead
A Increased
B Decreased
C Remains constant
D Either A or B
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of Elasticity E is a ratio of
A Stress to strain
B Stress to original length
C Deformation to original length
D All of these
Question Elongation for a taper bar with circular cross section is given by...
A 4PL/πEd2 d1
B 4πEd2 d1 /PL
C 4PE/πLd2 d1
D None of above
Question The maximum stress produced in a bar of tapering section is at...
A Larger end
B Smaller end
C Middle
D anywhere
Question A composite section contains three different materials.The stress in all the different
material will be
A Same
B Zero
C Different
D None of above
Question A steel bar of 5 mm is heated from 15° C to 40° C and it is not free to expand. The bar
will induce
A no stress
B shear stress
C tensile stress
D compressive stress
Question When a bar fixed at both ends is cooled to - 5°C, it will develop
A no stress
B shear stress
C tensile stress
Question The stress at which the extension of the material takes place more quickly as compared to
the increase in load, is called
A elastic limit
B yield point
C ultimate point
D breaking point
Question The work done on a unit volume of material, as simple tensile force is gradually increased
from zero to a value causing rupture, is called
A modulus of elasticity
B modulus of toughness
C modulus of resilience
D none of these
Question The necking in case of ductile material begins at the

A Elastic limit point
B Upper yield point
C Lower yield point
D Ultimate point
Unit --
Id
Question The temperature stress is a function of
A Coefficient of linear expansion and and temperature rise
B Temperature rise and modulus of elasticity of the material
C Coefficient of linear expansion and modulus of elasticity
D Coefficient of linear expansion, temperature rise and modulus of elasticity of the material
Question If the radius of wire stretched by a load is doubled, then its Young's modulus will be
A doubled
B remain unaffected
C become one-fourth
D become four times
the
A area at the time of fracture
B original cross-sectional
C areaaverage of (A) and (B)
D more or less depending on other factors
Question Percentage reduction of area in performing tensile test on cast iron may be of the order of
A 50.00%
B 0.00%
C 10.00%
D 20.00%
Question True stress-strain curve for materials is plotted between

A load/original cross-sectional area and change in length/original
B lengthload/instantaneous cross-sectional area original area and log.
C load/instantaneous area and instantaneous area/original area
D none of the above
Question During a tensile test on a specimen of 1 cm2 cross-section, maximum load observed was 8
kN and area of cross-section at neck was 0.5 cm2. Ultimate tensile strength of specimen is
A 4 kN/cm2
B 8 kN/cm2
C 16 kN/cm2
D None of above
Question For steel, the ultimate strength in shear as compared to in tension is nearly
A half
B same
C One third
D One
Question The property of a material by virtue of which a body returns to its original, shape after
A plasticity
B elasticity
C malleabilit
D yductility
Question For which material the Poisson's ratio is more than unity
A Steel
B Copper
C Brass
D none of the above
Question The property of a material by virtue of which it can be beaten or rolled into plates
iscalled
A reliability
B plasticity
C ductility
D malleability
Question Rupture stress is
A breaking stress
B load at breaking point/A
C load at breaking point/neck area
D maximum stress
Question Linear strain of 0.004 was observed in a steel wire when subjected to tensile pull. What
will be the lateral strain if Poisson's ratio is 0.25?
A -0.01
B +0.01
C +0.001
D -0.001
Question A steel bar of square cross-section (50 mm x 50 mm) and length 2 m elongates by 1 mm
due to axial pull of 10 kN. If the lateral strain is 0.0002 then the change in side of the bar
cross-section will be …
A +0.001 mm
B +0.01mm
C - 0.01 mm
D - 0.001 mm
Question The change in length of a steel rod due to change in temperature depends on …
A original length
B change in temperature
C coefficient of expansion
D All of these
Question A steel bar of diameter 50 mm is subjected to a tensile pull 10 kN which results in the
diameter shrinking by 20 microns. The lateral strain in this case is …
A 4 x 10-4
B 2 x 10-4
C 8 x 10-4
D 4 x 10-4
Question An axial pull of 10 kN is applied to a mild steel bar of section area 200 sq mm. The
normal stress induced will be …
A 50 Pa
B 500 Pa
C 50 MPa
D 500 MPa
Question A thin mild steel wire is loaded by adding loads in equal increments till it breaks. The
extensions noted with increasing loads will behave as under
A Uniform throughout
B Increase uniformly
C First increase and then decrease
D Increase uniformly first and then increase rapidly
Question If the radius of wire is stretched by a load of doubled then its Young's modulus will be
A Doubled
B Half
C Become four time
D Remain unaffected
Question The total elongation produced in a bar of uniform section hanging vertically downwards
due to its own weight is equal to that produced by a weight
A Of same magnitude as that of bar and applied at the lower end
B Half of the weight of bar applied at the lower end
C Half of the square of weight of bar applied at lower end
D None of above
Question The elongation produced in a tapered shaft with end diameter d1 and d2 due to tensile or
compressive axial load is proportional to
A D1+ d2
B 1/( d1+d2 )
C d1d2
D 1/( d1d2)
Question A cylindrical bar of length L meter, after application of load it deforms by l cm. The
strains in bar is
A 100* l/L
B 0.1*l/L
C 0.01*l /L
D l/L
Question A composite bar made of steel and copper is heated up. The stresses developed in steel
and copper will be...
A Compressive and tensile
B Compressive and bending
C Bending and tensile
D Tensile and compressive
Question The extension of a circular bar tapering uniformly from diameter d1 to d2 is same as of
uniform circular bar of diameter
A (d1+d2)/2
B (d1-d2)/2
C √( d1d2)
2 2
D √(d1 -d2 )
Question The temperature stress is function

of1.Co-efficient of linear expansion
2.Temperature rise
3.Modulus of elasticity.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3 only
Question A steel bar of 40 mm × 40 mm square cross-section is subjected to an axial
compressive load of 200 kN. If the length of the bar is 2 m and E = 200 GPa,
theelongation of the bar will be
A 1.25 mm
B 2.70 mm
C 4.05 mm
D 5.40 mm
Question A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of

thefollowing is sufficient to calculate the resulting change in diameter?
A Young's modulus
B Shear modulus
C Poisson's ratio
Question A solid uniform metal bar of diameter D and length L is hanging vertically
from its upper end. The elongation of the bar due to self weight is
A Proportional to L and inversely proportional to square of D
B Proportional to L2 and inversely proportional to square of D
C Proportional of L but independent of D
D Proportional of U but independent of D
Question In terms of Poisson's ratio (μ) the ratio of Young's Modulus (E) to Shear
Modulus (G) of elastic materials is
A 2G(1+ μ )
B 2G(1 − μ )
C 0.5G(1+ μ )
D 0.5G(1 − μ )
Unit --
Id
Question The relationship between Young's modulus (E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson's
ratio (μ) is given by
A E = 3 K (1 − 2μ )
B K = 3 E (1 − 2μ )
C E = 3 K (1 − μ )
D K = 3 E (1 − μ )
Question When a beam is said to be of uniform strength, then which one of the following
statements is correct?
A The bending moment is the same throughout the beam
B The shear stress is the same throughout the beam
C The deflection is the same throughout the beam
D The bending stress is the same at every section along its longitudinal axis
Question If the value of Poisson's ratio is zero, then it means that

A The material is rigid
B The material is perfectly plastic
C There is no longitudinal strain in the material
D The longitudinal strain in the material is infinite
Question Which of the following pairs are correctly matched?

1. Resilience ..........................Resistance to deformation.
2. Malleability...................Shape change.
3. Creep.............................Progressive deformation.
4. Plasticity ....................... Permanent deformation.
A 2, 3 and 4
B 1, 2 and 3
C 1, 2 and 4
D 1, 3 and 4
Question E, G, K and μ represent the elastic modulus, shear modulus, bulk modulus and
Poisson's ratio respectively of a linearly elastic, isotropic and homogeneous
material. To express the stress-strain relations completely for this material, at
least
A E, G and μ must be known
B E, K and μ must be known
C Any two of the four must be known
D All the four must be known
Question A taper bar of length l with diameter D at base and having specific weight w is suspended
freely under its own weight. The elongation of bar will be
A wl3 /6E
B wl3 /E
C wl3 /4E
D wl3 /3E
Question The change in the unit volume of a material under tension with increase in its Poisson's
ratio will
A Increase
B Decrease
C Remain same
D Increase initially and then Decrease
Question The value of Young's modulus E in terms of Shear modulus G and Bulk modulus K is
A 9KG/(K+G)
B 9KG/(G+3K)
C 9KG/(K+3G)
D None of the above
Question A conical bar of diameter D, axial length L, weight density w is placed vertically. If
Young's modulus of the material is E , then change in its axial length will be
A wL2/2E
B WL2/6E
C wL2/8E
D wL/8E
Question The ultimate tensile stress for mild steel is------- the ultimate compressive stress.
A equal to
B less than
C more than
D Nearly equal to
Question The shear modulus of most materials with respect to the modulus of elasticity is
A equal to half
B less than half
C more than half
D none of these
Question A bar of length L and constant cross section(A) is hanging vertically. What would be total
increase in length due to self weight(W)?
A WL/AE
B 2WL/AE
C WL/2AE
D None of these
Question A bar of circular cross section varies uniformly from a cross section 2D to D. If extension
of the bar is calculated treating it as a bar of average diameter, then the percentage error
will be
A 10
B 25
C 33
D 50
Question A mild steel bar is in two parts having equal lengths. The area of cross section of Part I is
double that of Part II. If the bar carries an axial load P, then the ratio of elongation in Part
I to that in Part II will be
A 2
B 4
C 0.5
D 0.25
Question The bulk modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of rigidity. The Poisson’s
ratio of the material is
A 1/7
B 2/7
C 3/7
D 4/7
Question In an experiment it is found that the bulk modulus of a material is equal to its shear
modulus. The Poisson’s ratio is
A 0.12
B 0.25
C 0.38
D 0.5
Question If equal and opposite forces applied to a body tend to elongate it, the stress so produced is
called
B Tensile stress
C Compressive stress
D Working stress.
Question When a bar subjected to an axial pull P, it

Question A cube is subjected to three mutually perpendicular stresses σ each. If E=Young's
modulus & ν =Poisson's ratio of the material, the volumetric strain in the cube is
A (3σ/E)*(1+ν)
B (3σ/E)*(1-ν)
C (3σ/E)*(1+2ν)
D (3σ/E)*(1-2ν)
Question The percentage reduction in the area of cross section of a cast iron member during tensile
test would be
A More than 50 %
B 25-50 %
C 10-25 %
D Negligible
Question For steel, the yield strength in shear as compared to that in tension is nearly
A Same
B Half
C One third
D Double
Question The Young's modulus of a wire is defined as the stress which will increase the length of
the wire compared to its original length by...
A Half
B Double
C Same
D One third
Question The value of Poisson's ratio for cast iron is...
A 0.01 to 0.1
B 0.25 to 0.33
C 0.4 to 0.6
D 0.23 to 0.27
Question Stress increasing with time at a constsnt load is ...
A Creeping
B Yielding
C Breaking
D None of above
Question Assertion (A): Hook’s law is the constitutive law for a linear elastic material. Reason
(R) : Formulation of the theory of elasticity requires the hypothesis that there exists a
unique unstressed state of the body, to which the body returns whenever all the forces are
removed.
A Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
B Both A and R are individually true but R is notthe correct explanation of A
C A is true but R is false
D A is false but R is true
Question Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the Lists:
A. Ultimate strength 1. Internal structure
B. Natural strain 2. Change of length per unit instantaneous length
C. Conventional strain 3. Change of length per unit gauge length
D. Stress 4. Load per unit area
A A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4
B A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1
C A-1, B-3, C-2, D-4
D A-4, B-2, C-3, D-1
Question Assertion (A): Stress-strain curves for brittle material do not exhibit yield point.
Reason (R): Brittle materials fail without yielding.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A

Question When a composite unit consisting of a steel rod surrounded by a cast iron tube is
subjected to an axial load.
Assertion(A):Theratioofnormalstressesinducedinboththematerialsis equal to the
ratio of Young's moduli of respective materials.
Reason (R): The composite unit of these two materials is firmly fastened together at
the ends to ensure equal deformation in both the materials.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
Question A mild steel specimen is tested in tension up to fracture in a Universal Testing Machine.
Which of the following mechanical properties of the material can be evaluated from such
a test?
1. Modulus of elasticity
2. Yield stress
3. Ductility
4. Tensile strength
5. Modulus of rigidity
Select the correct answer using the code given below:
A 1, 3, 5 and 6
B 2, 3, 4 and 6
C 1, 2, 5 and 6
D 1, 2, 3 and 4
Question Which one of the following pairs is NOT correctly matched?

A Uniformly distributed stress --Force passed through the centroid of the cross-section
B Elastic deformation -- Work done by external forces during deformation is dissipated fully
as heat
C Potential energy of strain -- Body is in a state of elastic deformation
D Hooke's law -- Relation between stress and strain
Question Two bars of same material having diameters in ratio 1:2 are subjected to tensile pull of
same magnitude. The tensile stress induced will be in the ratio …
A 1:4
B 4:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Question
Above figure indicates .... condition
A Linear Elastic
B Linear plastic
C Linear elastic – perfectly plastic
D Perfect elastic – linearly plastic
Question
Above figure indicates .... condition
A Linear Elastic
B Linear plastic
Question
Above figure indicates stress strain curve for...
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Question In the below figure, corresponding to point c is
A Elastic limit
B Upper yield point
C Lower yield point
D Proportional limit point
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of square cross section is subjected to an axial tensile force such that the
longitudinal strain in the bar is e. If the Poisson’s ratio of the bar is 0.3 the volumetric
strain in the bar will be
A 0.4e
B 0.6e
C 3e
D 1.6 e
Question If all the dimensions of a prismatic bar of square cross section suspended freely from the
ceiling of a roof are doubled then the total elongation produced by its own weight will
increase
A eight times
B four times
C three times
D two times
Question A given material has Young’s modulus E, modulus of rigidity G and Poisson’s ratio 0.25.
The ratio of Young’s modulus to modulus of rigidity of the material is
A 3.75
B 3
C 2.5
D 1.5
Question A cylindrical bar of 20 mm diameter and 1 m length is subjected to a tensile test. Its
longitudinal strain is 4 times that of its lateral strain. If the modulus of elasticity is 2 x
105N/mm2, then its modulus of rigidity is
A 8 x 106 N/mm2
B 8 x 105 N/mm2
C 0.8 x 104 N/mm2
D 0.8 x 105 N/mm2

A 8 x 106 N/mm2
B 8 x 105 N/mm2
C 0.8 x 104 N/mm2
D 0.8 x 105 N/mm2
Question A bar of uniform cross section is subject to uni-axial tension and develops a strain in the
direction of the force of 1/800. Assuming m = 1/3, the change of volume per unit volume
will be
A 1/1000
B 1/1200
C 1/2400
D 1/4800
Question A bar 4 cm in diameter is subjected to an axial load of 4 t. The extension of the bar over a
gauge length of 20 cm is 0.03 cm. The decreases in diameter is 0.0018 cm. The Poisson’s
ratio is
A 0.25
B 0.30
C 0.33
D 0.35
Question A bar 30 mm in diameter was subjected to tensile load of 54 kN and the measured
extension on 300 mm gauge length was 0.112 mm and change in diameter was 0.00366
mm. Poisson’s ration will be
A 0.25
B 0.326
C 0.356
D 0.28
A 2
B 4
C 1/2
D 1/4
Question A composite bar is made of strips of materials 1 and 2, each having area of cross section
50 mm2. Under an applied load of 3 kN, stress in material 1 is 20 N/mm2. If E for
material 1 is 100 kN/mm2, what is the value of E for material 2.
A 50 kN/mm2
B 100 kN/mm2
C 150 kN/mm2
D 200 kN/mm2
Question A round steel rod a of diameter D and length L is subjected to an axial load P. another
steel bar B tapered with diameter D at one end uniformly tapering to diameter 0.4D at the
other end, length L is also subjected to same axial load P. the ratio of change in length in
bar A to the change in length in bar B is
A 2.5
B 1.6
C 0.8
D 0.4
Question A cube of of mild steel is subjected to principal stress p,p,p in 3 directions. The Poisson’s
ratio of mild steel is 0.3. The ratio of volumetric strain to longitudinal strain in any
direction is
A 1.2
B 1.8
C 2.4
D 3.0
Question A steel bar of square section tapering from 25mm X 25mm at one end to 20 mm X 20 mm
at the other end is subjected to an axial force of 10 kN. The length of the bar is 1 meter
and its young’s modulus is 100 kN/mm2 what is the change in the length of the bar
A 2 mm
B 0.2 mm
C 0.02 mm
D 0.01 mm
Question A bar 50 mm long is subjected to a tensile stress. If the change in its length is 0.025 mm
and young’s modulus is 100 kN/mm2, the stress in bar is
A 250 N/mm2
B 100 N/mm2
C 50 N/mm2
D 25 N/mm2
Question A steel bolt passes centrally through a brass tube. At the the ends washers and nuts are
provided. Nuts are tightened so as to produce a compressive stress of 50 N/mm2 in brass
tube. The area of cross section of brass tube and steel bolt is 500 mm2 each. Esteel= 2Ebrass .
What is the stress developed in steel rod.
A 200 N/mm2 (tensile)
B 200 N/mm2 (compressive)
C 50 N/mm2 (tensile)
D 100 N/mm2(compressive)
Unit --
Id
Question The extension of a circular bar tapering uniformly from diameter d1 at one end to
diameter d2 at the other end, and subjected to an axial pull of P is the
extension of a circular bar of diameter d1 d2 subjected to the same load P.
A equal to
B less than
C greater than
D Sometimes less, Sometime more
Question A specimen of 1.2 cm2 cross sectional area and a length 10 cm is tested under tension .
The max load recorded by universal testing machine is 60Kn, the area at the neck 0.8cm2
the ultimate strength of the material is
A 750 N/mm2
B 600 N/mm2
C 500 N/mm2
D None of these
Question During a tensile test on a specimen of 1cm2 cross-section, maximum load observed was 8
tonnes and area of cross-section at neck was 0.5 cm2.Ultimate tensile strength of
specimen is
A 4 tonnes/cm2
B 8 tonnes/cm2
C 16 tonnes/cm2
D 22 tonnes/cm2
Question A composite bar is made of aluminum and steel strips each of 200 mm2 area of cross
section. If E steel = 3 E aluminum and stress in steel is 15 N/mm2, due to an axial load P,
what is the value of P ?
A 12 kN
B 6 kN
C 4 kN
D 2 kN
Question A copper bar 2 cm diameter is completely encased in steel tube or inner diameter 2 cm
and outer diameter 4 cm. Under an axial load, stress in a steel tube is 100 N/mm2 , If E
steel = 2*E copper, what will be stress in copper bar
A 300 N/mm2
B 100 N/mm2
C 50 N/mm2
D 33.33 N/mm2
Question A composite bar of copper and steel is heated. The ratio of tensile force in steel and
compressive stress in copper will be
A 1
B 0.5
C 2
D 25
Question
For the circular bar as shown above,if the elastic modulus and coefficient of thermal
expansion for steel are 200 GPa and 11.7 × 10-6 per °C respectively and for copper 70
GPa and 21.6 × 10-6 per °C respectively and if the temperature of the rod is raised by
50°C, then the free expansion of the rod will be
A 1.1025 mm (Tensile)
B 1.1025 cm (Compressive)
C 1.1025 mm (Compressive)
D 0.1025 mm (Tensile)
Question
Refering the above figure if the free expansion of the stepped shaft is 1.1025 mm
(Compressive) then the deflection responsible for the temperature stress induced will
be....
A 0.0725 mm
B 0.7025 mm
C 0.7025 cm
D 1.7025 mm
Question
If a rigid beam of negligible weightis supported in a horizontal position by two rods of

steel and aluminum, 2 m and 1 m long having values of cross – sectional areas 1 cm2 and
2 cm2 and E of 200 GPa and 100 GPa respectively and if a load P is applied as shown in
the figure then for the rigid beam to remain horizontal....
A The forces on both sides should be equal
B The force on aluminum rod should be twice the force on steel
C The force on the steel rod should be twice the force on aluminum
D The force P must be applied at the centre of the beam
Question
For the stepped shaft as shown in the figure if Es = 210 GN/m2 and Eb = 105 GN/m2 ,
then the maximum normal stress in section CD will be .....
A 12.73 N/m2
B 12.73 MN/m
C 12.73 MN/m2
D 12.73 KN/m2
Question
then the maximum normal stress in section AB will be .....
A 88.42 N/m2
B 88.42 GN/m2
C 88.42 KN/m2
D 88.42 MN/m2
Question
For the stepped shaft as shown above, if the deflections in AB, BC, CD sections are
6.3157x10-5m,1.3466x10-5m, and 1.5154x10-5m respectively, then the net elongation of
the stepped shaft will be....
A 9.1777 x10-5 cm
B 9.1777 x10-5m
C 9.1777 x10-5mm
D 9.1777 x10-3mm
Question bank for Strength Of
Material
Subject code-202045
Unit-2
Question A beam is called statically determinate when ...... ( n= number of reactions; m = number of useful
equilibrium equations)
A n=m
B n>m
C n<m
D None of the above
Question A beam is called statically in-determinate when...... ( n= number of reactions; m = number of

useful equilibrium equations)
A n=m
B n>m
C n<m
D None of the above
Question If the load is a point load on beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D Constant
Question If the load is a point load on beam then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer A
Marks 1
Question If the load on a beam is UDL then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Question If the load is UDL on a beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _

A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UVL on beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Question If the load is UVL on beam then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _

A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Question At point of contra-flexure_ _ _ _ _ _ _

A SF is zero
B SF is maximum
C BM is zero
D BM is maximum
Question A simply supported beam of length L is subjected to point load P at distance 'a' from right end.
The maximum bending moment will take place at _ _ _
A Middle
B At distance 'a' from right end
C At distance 'a' from left end
D None of the above
Question If shear force for a part of beam varies linearly then the loading on same part must be
A UDL
B UVL
C Point load
D moment
Question The point of contra flexure occurs only in

A Cantilever beam
B Overhanging beam
C Simply supported beam
D Uniform beam
Question At the point of contra flexure shearing force

A is maximum
B is minimum
C is equal
D is zero
Question The rate of change of bending moment is equal to

A Shear force at that section
B Deflection at that section
C Loading at that section
D Slope at that section
Question A beam extending beyond the supports is called

A simply supported beam
B fixed beam
C overhanging beam
D cantilever beam
Question A beam supported on more than two supports is called

B fixed beam
C overhanging beam
D continuous beam
Question Bending moment in the center of a beam of length L simply supported at both ends &
having a central load of W is
A WL
B WL/2
C WL/4
D WL/8
Question An overhanging beam is

A Same as cantilever
B Not Same as cantilever
C One which extends beyond its support at either or both ends
D One which extends beyond its support at both ends
Question A cantilever beam of span ‘L’ meters supports a UDL of ‘w’ kN/m over its entire span.
The maximum bending moment will be …
A wL/2 kNm
B wL2/2 kNm
C wL3/2 kNm
D wL2/4 kNm
Question A cantilever beam of span ‘L’ meters supports a point load of ‘W’ kN at the free end. The
bending moment at the middle of the span will be …
A wL/2 kNm
B wL2/2 kNm
C wL3/2 kNm
D wL2/4 kNm
Question A cantilever beam of span 2 m supports a point load of 40 kN at the free end. The bending
moment at distance of 0.5 m from free end will be …
A 40 kNm
B 80 kNm
C 20 kNm
D 60 kNm
Question If a simply supported beam carries a point load at the middle of the span then the shear
force diagram will be …
A Two equal and opp. triangles
B One rectangle
C Two equal and opp. rectangles
D A triangle
Question A simply supported beam carries a couple at a point on its span, the shear force
A varies by cubic law
B varies by parabolic law
C varies linearly
D is uniform throughout
Question Variation of bending moment in a cantilever carrying a load the intensity of which varies
uniformly from zero at the free end to w per unit run at the fixed end is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D none of these
Question Variation of shear force in a cantilever carrying a load the intensity of which varies
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D none of these
Question Maximum bending moment in a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed
load is
A wl2/4
B wl2/8
C wl2/12
D wl/4
Question At the point of application of a point load on a beam there is

A maximum bending moment
B sudden change in shape of shear force diagram
C maximum deflection
D point of contraflexure
Question Maximum bending moment in a cantilever carrying a point load at the free end occurs at
the
A free end
B mid span
C fixed end
D at the position of load
Question The variation of bending moment due to uniformly distributed load is by

A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Question The variation of bending moment due to a point load is by

A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Question The variation of shear force due to a uniformly distributed load is by

A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Question The bending moment diagram for a cantilever subjected to bending moment at the free
end is
A triangle
B rectangle
C parabola
D elliptical
Question Wherever the bending moment is maximum the shear force is

A zero
B also maximum
C minimum
D of any value
Question The bending moment diagram shows the variation of bending moment along the
of the beam.
A cross-sectional area
B length
C width
D depth
Question A structural element which is subjected to loads transverse to its axis is known as a
.
A disc
B strut
C column
D beam
Question A roller support can sustain a force only to its surface.

A inclined
B parallel
C normal
D none of the above
Question A hinged support can sustain reactions in .

A only vertical direction.
B vertical and horizontal directions
C only horizontal direction.
D All of above
Id
Question A beam is said to be a cantilever whose .
A both ends are fixed
B both ends are free
C one end is free and one end is fixed
D Both ends supported on rollers
Question A shear force diagram shows the variation of shear force along of a beam.
A width
B length
C depth
D cross-section
Question The rate of change of shear force at any section is equal to
A Bending moment
B Loading
C Deflection
D Intensity of loading
Question Shear force diagram for a cantilever beam carrying a uniformly distributed load over its
length is a
A Triangle
B Rectangle
C Hyperbola
D Parabola
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force diagram of a simply supported beam carrying a central point load
A changes sign at its midpoint
B remains same
C increases to maximum
D decreases to minimum
Question When the shear force diagram is a parabolic curve between two points, it indicates that
there is a
A point load at the two points

B no loading between the two points
C uniformly distributed load between the two points
D uniformly varying load between the two points
Question The bending moment diagram for a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly
distributed load of w per unit length, will be
A a horizontal line
B a vertical line
C an inclined line
D a parabolic curve
Question The shear force in the centre of a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed
load of w per unit length, is
A zero
B wl2/2
C wl2/4
D wl2/8
Question The point of contraflexure is a point where
A bending moment changes sign

B shear force changes sign
C shear force is maximum
D bending moment is maximum
there is a

there is a

The maximum bending moment will be _ _ _
A P*(L-a) * a/L
B P*(L-a) * b/L
C P*(L-a) /L
D None of the above
Question A simply supported beam of length 5m is subjected to a point load P at distance 2 m from right
end. The maximum SF will be _ _ _
A P
B P/2
C 3P/5
D 2P/5
Question A cantilever beam of length L is subjected to UDL of intensity 'w' N/m throughout its length. what
is maximum SF ?
A w*L
B w*L/2
C 2*w*L
D None of the above
is minimum SF ?
A w*L
B w*L/2
C Zero
D None of the above
Question A cantilever beam of length L is subjected to UDL of intensity 'w' N/m throughout its length.
where will minimum SF act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
D All along the length
where will maximum SF act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
is maximum BM?
A w*L*L
B w*L*L/2
C Zero
D None of the above
where will maximum BM act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
Question LOAD SFD

1 POINT LOAD A ZERO
2 UDL B PARABOLIC
3 UVL C LINEAR
4 MOMENT D CONSTANT
Match the pairs
A 1-A; 2-C;3-B;4-D
B 1-D; 2-C;3-B;4-A
C 1-A; 2-B;3-C;4-D
D 1-D; 2-B;3-C;4-A
Question LOAD BMD
1 POINT LOAD A CONSTANT
2 UDL B CUBIC
3 UVL C PARABOLIC
4 MOMENT D LINEAR
Match the pairs
A 1-A; 2-C;3-B;4-D
B 1-D; 2-C;3-B;4-A
C 1-A; 2-B;3-C;4-D
D 1-D; 2-B;3-C;4-A
Question Which one of the following beam is statically determinate?

A fixed beam
B propped cantilever beam
C continuous beam
D overhanging beam
Question The bending moment diagram for a cantilever subjected to a couple M at free end will be
A Triangle
B Rectangle
C Parabolic
D hyperbolic
Question In the case of cantilever irrespective of the type of loading, the maximum bending
moment and maximum shear force occurs at
A Free end
B Under the load
C Fixed end
D middle
Question For a simply supported beam with span of 4 m carrying a triangular load with zero
intensity at one end and 2 kN/m ( rate of loading ) at other end , the maximum bending
moment in kN-m will be
A 4
B -4.33
C -5.33
D 6.33
Question In a simply supported beam of span 9 m carrying load 10 kN/m uniformly distributed load
for a distance of 6 m from the left end, the maximum bending moment in kN-m is
A 270
B 80
C 45
D 607.5
Question A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a point load of 3 kN at distance of 2 m

from the left support. The maximum bending moment in kN-m will be …
A 8
B 1
C 4
D 2
Question A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a point load of 3 kN and 6 kN at distance of
2 m and 4 m respectively from the left support. The maximum bending moment in kN-m
will be …
A 10
B 52
C 6
D 24
Question
For following beam, the Maximum bending moment is
A 72 kN-m
B 8 kN-m
C 60 kN-m
D 104 kN-m
Question
A 126 kN-m
B 12 kN-m
C 18 kN-m
D 180 kN-m
Question
For following beam, the maximum bending moment is located .
A at point C
B between points C & D
C at point D
D at point B
Question
For following beam, the shear force is zero .
A between points C & D

B at point C
C at point B
D at point D
Question For a following beam shown, shear force diagram shows the change in sign (from +ve to -
ve) at points A and B. The maximum bending moment occurs .
A at point A
B between points A & C
C at point E
D at point B
Question
For a following beam shown, the vertical reaction at point B is
A 90 kN
B 6 kN
C 27 kN
D 30 kN
Question
For a following beam shown, the vertical reaction at point A is
A 90 kN
B 6 kN
C 27 kN
D 30 kN
Question For a following beam shown, the shear force is zero at a distance of 6 m from end 'A'.
Hence the bending moment at that location is .
A 90 kN-m
B 540 kN-m
C 180 kN-m
D 18 kN-m
Question A concentrated load of P acts on a simply supported beam of span L at a distance L/3 from the
left support. The bending moment at the point of application of the load is given by
A PL/3
B 2PL/3
C PL/9
D 2PL/9
Question
What is the maximum shear force in above loading?
A M/L
B M/L/2
C Zero
D M
Question
What is maximum BM and its location in above loading?
A M at fixed end
B M at free end
C M at middle
D M at everywhere along beam
Question
For above loading how much is maximum BM?
A PL
B PL/2
C PL/4
D 2PL
Question
The reaction at left end will be_ _ _ _
A 3 kN
B 1.5 kN
C 1 kN
D 2.25 kN
Question
what is the maximum shear force in above loading?
A W*L
B W*L/2
C 2W*L
D W/L
Question
what is the maximum bending moment in above loading?
A W*L^2
B W*L^2/2
C 2W*L^2
D W*L/2
Question
A W*L
B W*L/2
C 2W*L
D None of the above
Question
What is the maximum bending moment in above loading?
A W*L*L
B W*L*L/2
C W*L*L/8
D None of the above
Question
For above loading how much is maximum shear force?
A M/L
B M/L/2
C 2M/L
D Zero
Question
A M
B M/2
C 2M
D Zero
Question
Maximum BM will occur at what point?
A 2.6 m from left end

B 2.6 m from right end
C Middle section
D None of the above
Unit --
Id
Question
The BM for part AB is
A PL
B 2PL
C zero
D None of the above
Question
Which part of beam is under pure bending?
A DA
B AB
C BC
D DC
Question
For above loading how much is maximum SF?
A P
B P/2
C P/4
D 2P
Unit --
Id
Question
which part of the beam is under pure bending?
A AB
B BC
C AC
D CAN'T SAY
Question
which part of the beam is under bending as well shearing ?
A AB
B BC
C AC
D CAN'T SAY
Unit --
Id
Question
In above loading, what is the maximum shear force?
A 100 N
B 60 N
C 40N
D 50 N
Unit --
Id
Question
In above loading, what is the maximum bending moment?
A 100 Nm
B 300 Nm
C 200 Nm
D None of the above
Unit --
Id
Question A beam 10 m long carries a point load. When SF diagram is drawn, there are two
rectangular of the size 10 kN X 3 m, one is starting from one end and above the reference
line and other starting from the other end but below the reference line. The bending
moment at the center line of the beam is ... (kNm)
A 50
B 40
C 30
D 20
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram will be a cubic parabola in the case of a cantilever loaded
as follows
A Bending moment applied at free end
B Concentrated load at the end
C Uniformly distributed load
D Varying load, zero at free end and maximum at fixed end
Unit --
Id
Question If a beam of constant section is subjected throughout its length to a uniform bending
moment ,it will bend to
A A circular arc
B A parabolic arc
C Elliptical shape
D None of the above
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 10 m long carries uniformly distributed load of 10 kN/meter run starting
from fixed end up to the middle of its length. The bending moment at the middle of the
cantilever is
A 0 kN-m
B 50 kN-m
C 25 kN-m
D 100 kN-m
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 8 m long carries uniformly distributed load of intensity w kN/m run, starting
from free end up to the middle of its length. If the maximum bending moment in the
cantilever is 240 kN-m, what is magnitude of w
A 30 kN-m
B 20 kN-m
C 10 kN-m
D 5 kN-m
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 6 m long carries uniformly distributed load of intensity 20 kN/m run through
out its length, if it is propped by a force F at its free end so that the center of the cantilever
becomes the point of contraflexure, what is the magnitude of force F
A 120 kN
B 60 kN
C 30 kN
D 15 kN
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 8 m long, simply supported at its end carries a point load W at a distance of 3
m from one end, such that maximum bending moment in the beam is 1500 kN-m, what is
the magnitude of W
A 700 kN
B 750 kN
C 800 kN
D 1000 kN
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 10 m long, simply supported over 8 m long span, having equal overhang on
both the sides carries load of 80 kN at each end and load of 20 kN at it's center, the points
of contraflexure lie at
A The support
B Only at the center
C At 3 m from the ends
D There is no point of contraflexure
Id
Question A beam of 8 m long, simply supported over 6 m with an overhang of 2 m on one side
carries a load of 60 kN at it's center. The maximum moment in the beam is
A 120 kN-m
B 100 kN-m
C 80 kN-m
D 60 kN-m
Id
Question A beam 10 m long, simply supported at its ends carries uniformly distributed load of w
N/m run from one end up to a distance of 3 m and also from the other end up-to a distance
of 3 m.The SF at the center of the beam is
A 5wN
B 3wN
C wN
D 0
Id
Question A beam of 10 m long hinged at both the ends is subjected to clockwise turning moment of
50 kN-m at a distance of 3 m from one end. The SF at the center of the beam is
A 125 kN
B 105 kN
C 50 kN
D 5 kN
Id
Question The shear force of a cantilever beam of length l carrying a uniformly distributed load of w
per unit length is at the free end.
A zero
B wl/4
C wl/2
D wl
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 9 m supports a UDL of 18 kN/m over a span of 4 m
from right support. What will be the shear force at the distance of 4 m from the right
support?
A 24 kN
B 20 kN
C 16 kN
D 12 kN
Id
Question An overhanging beam of span 14 m has supports located such that there is an overhang of
2 m on both the sides. It supports a UDL of 5 kN/m over the entire span. The maximum
bending moment will be …
A 72.5 kNm
B 52.5 kNm
C 37.5 kNm
D 47.5 kNm
Id
from right support. What will be the bending moment at a distance of 4 m from the right
support?
A 90 kN-m
B 80 kN-m
C 70 kN-m
D 60 kN-m
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 4.5 m supports a UDL of 15 kN/m over a span of 3 m
from the right end. The maximum bending moment will occur at what distance from the
left support?
A 3.0 m
B 2.25 m
C 2.5 m
D 1.5 m
Id
Question For following beam shown in fig, the shear force is zero at the mid span of AB. The
bending moment is .
A 0 kN-m
B 10 kN-m
C 12.5 kN-m
D 25 kN-m
Id
Question A cantilever beam 2 m long carries a point load of 1.8 kN at its free end. The maximum
bending moment is .
A 3.6 kN-m
B 1.8 kN-m
C 1 kN-m
D 0 kN-m
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam shown in fig, the maximum bending moment is .
A 4 kN-m
B 2.8 kN-m
C 3.2 kN-m
D 3 kN-m
Id
Question For a beam shown in fig. the shear force is zero between CB. And it occurs at a distance
of .
A 1 m from C
B 0.75 m from C
C 2 m from B
D 3 m from A
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the shear force is zero between CD. And it occurs at a
distance of .
A 1.2 m from D
B 3.2 m from C
C 1.2 m from C
D 3 m from B
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the maximum bending moment which occurs between
AB is .
A 4 kN-m
B 18 kN-m
C 36 kN-m
D 2.25 kN-m
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the point of contraflexture which occurs between AB
is at a distance of .
A 2.67 m from C
B 1 m from B
C 3 m from A
D 2.67 m from A
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the point of contrafleture which occurs between AC is
at a distance of .
A 1.5 m from A
B 0.33 m from A
C 1.33 m from A
D 1 m from A
Unit --
Savitribai Phule Pune University
Online Examination System,
Question bank for Strength Of Material
Subject code-202045
Unit-1
Question Strain is defined as the ratios of
A Change in volume to original volume
B Change in length to original length
C Change in cross-sectional area to original cross- sectional area
D Any one of above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Young's modulus is defined as the ratio of
A Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
B Lateral stress ans lateral strain
C Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
D Shear stress to shear strain
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The unit of Young's modulus is
A mm/mm
B N/cm
C N
D N/cm2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Deformation per unit length in the direction of force is known as
A Strain
B Lateral strain
C Linear strain
D Linear stress
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In equal and opposite forces applied to a body tends to elongate it the stress so produced
is called
B Tensile stress
C Transverse stress
D Working stress
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The materials having same elastic properties in all the direction is called
A Ideal material
B Uniform material
C Isotropic Material
D Practical material
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of rigidity is defined as the ratio of
A Longitudinal stress and longitudinal strain
B Volumetric stress and volumetric strain
C Lateral stress and lateral strain
D Shear stress and shear strain
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ultimate tensile stress of mild steel compared to ultimate compressive stress is
A Same
B More
C Less
D Unpredictable
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
the
A Area at the time of fracture
B Original cross-sectional area
C Minimum area after fracture
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
A Unit stress
B Bulk modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Which of the following has no unit
A Surface tension
B Bulk modulus
C strain
D elasticity
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of material by virtue of which a body returns to its original shape after
A Plasticity
B elasticity
C ductility
D malleability
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The material which exhibit the same elastic properties in all direction are called
A Homogeneous
B Inelastic
C Isotropic
D Isentropic
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of a material which allows it to be drawn into a smaller section is called
A Plasticity
B Ductility
C elasticity
D malleability
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If a material is loaded beyond yield point stress
A It becomes elastic
B It becomes ductile
C Its resistance to fatigue to fatigue increases
D It loses its tendency to return its original shape
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A body is subjected to three mutually perpendicular stresses of equal intensity. The ratio
of direct stress to corresponding volumetric strain is called
A Poisson’s ratio
B Bulk modulus
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A live load is one which
A Remains constant
B Varies with time
C Varies continuously
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of rigidity of metal is defined as
A Volumetric stress / Volumetric strain
B Direct stress / Longitudinal strain
C Strain energy / Volume
D Shear stress / Shear strain
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Hook's law holds good only within
A Elastic limit
C Limit of yield point
D None of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Elasticity of M S specimen is defined by
A Hooks law
B Yield point
C Proof stress
D Permanent set
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A
Id
Question Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio of
A Longitudinal stress and Longitudinal strain
B Lateral stress and Longitudinal stress
C Lateral stress and Lateral strain
D None of the above
Answer D
Marks 2
U
Id
Question When it is indicated that a member is elastic, it means that when force is applied, it will
A Not deform
B Be safest
C Stretch
D Not stretch
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of lateral strain to the linear strain within elastic limit is known as
A Young's modulus
B Bulk modulus
C Modulus of elasticity
D Poisson's ratio
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit A
Id
Question Limiting value of Poisson's ratio are
A 1 to -0.5
B 1 to +0.5
C 0 to +0.5
D 0 to -0.5
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The modulus of elasticity for mild steel is approximately equal to
A 10 kN/mm2
B 80 kN/mm2
C 100 kN/mm2
D 210 kN/mm2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The unit of stress in S.I. units is
A Pa
B Kgf/mm2
C Tonne/m2
D any one of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The tensile strength of ductile materials is __________ its compressive strength.
A equal to
B less than
C greater than
D Nearly equal to
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The compression test is carried on __________ materials.
A ductile
B brittle
C malleable
D plastic
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Poisson’s ratio lies in the range for most metals,
A 0.1 to 0.9
B 0.05 to 0.1
C 1 to 10
D 0.25 to 0.35
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Isotropic material behavior can be expressed using ____ properties are
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Within elastic limit stress is
A Inversely proportional to strain
B Directly proportional to strain
C Square root of strain
D Equal to strain
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
A Unit stress
B Modulus of rigidity
C Bulk modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A material obeys Hook’s law up to
A Plastic limit
B Elastic limit
C Yield point
D Limit of proportionality
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In a stress strain curve of mild steel there is a point at which there is increase in strain
with no increase in stress. This point is called
A point of failure
B point of rupture
C yield point
D none of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The region in the stress-strain curve extending from origin to proportional limit is called
A plastic range
B elastic range
C semi plastic range
D semi elastic range
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Deformationofabarunderitsownweightascomparedtothatwhen subjected to a direct axial
load equal to its own weight will be
A The same
B One fourth
C Half
D Double
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For bolts of uniform strength, the shank diameter is made equal to
A Major diameter of threads
B Pitch diameter of threads
C Minor diameter of threads

D Nominal diameter of threads
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A test specimen is stressed slightly beyond the yield point and then unloaded.
Its yield strength will
A Decrease
B Increase
C Remains same
D Becomes equal to ultimate tensile strength
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of the
following is sufficient to calculate the resulting change in diameter?
A Young's modulus
B Shear modulus
C Poisson’s ratio
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Duringtensile-testingofaspecimenusingaUniversalTestingMachine,the parameters
actually measured include
A True stress and true strain
B Poisson’s ratio and Young's modulus
C Engineering stress and engineering strain
D Load and elongation
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Which of the following materials generally exhibits a yield point?
A Cast iron
B Mild steel
C Soft brass
D Aluminum
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Whichoneofthefollowingpropertiesismoresensitivetoincreaseinstrain rate?
A Yield strength
B Proportional limit
C Elastic limit
D Tensile strength
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For a linearly elastic, isotropic and homogeneous material, the number of elastic
constants required to relate stress and strain is:
A Two
B Three
C Four
D Six
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The unit of elastic modulus is the same as those of
A Stress, shear modulus and pressure
B Strain, shear modulus and force
C Shear modulus, stress and force
D Stress, strain and pressure
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In a simple tension test, Hook’s law is valid up to the
A Elastic limit
C Ultimate stress
D Breaking point
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Thepercentageelongationofamaterialasobtainedfrom statictensiontest depends
upon the
A Diameter of the test specimen
B Gauge length of the specimen
C Nature of end-grips of the testing machine
D Geometry of the test specimen
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In a bolted joint two members are connected with an axial tightening force of 2200
N. If the boltused hasmetric threads of 4 mm pitch, then torque required for
achieving the tightening force is:
A 0.7 Nm
B 1.0 Nm
C 1.4 Nm
D 2.8 Nm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A tensile force P is acting on a body of length L and area of cross-section A. The change
in length would be
A P/LAE
B PE/AL
C PL/AE
D AL/PE
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of modulus of rigidity to modulus of elasticity for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25
would be
A 0.5
B 0.4
C 0.3
D 1
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The ratio of bulk modulus to modulus of elasticity for a Poisson's ratio of 0.25 would be
A 0.66
B 0.33
C 1.33
D 1
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If D is the diameter of the sphere, then volumetric strain is equal to
A Two times the strain of diameter
B 1.5 times the strain of diameter
C three times the strain of diameter
D the strain of diameter
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A rectangular bar when subjected to an axial pull P

Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Thermal Stress of unrestrained body will ______when the temperature of the body is
incresead
A Increased
B Decreased
C Remains constant
D Either A or B
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Modulus of Elasticity E is a ratio of
A Stress to strain
B Stress to original length
C Deformation to original length
D All of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Elongation for a taper bar with circular cross section is given by...
A 4PL/πEd2 d1
B 4πEd2 d1 /PL
C 4PE/πLd2 d1
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The maximum stress produced in a bar of tapering section is at...
A Larger end
B Smaller end
C Middle
D anywhere
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A composite section contains three different materials.The stress in all the different
material will be
A Same
B Zero
C Different
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of 5 mm is heated from 15° C to 40° C and it is not free to expand. The bar
will induce
A no stress
B shear stress
C tensile stress
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question When a bar fixed at both ends is cooled to - 5°C, it will develop
A no stress
B shear stress
C tensile stress
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The stress at which the extension of the material takes place more quickly as compared to
the increase in load, is called
A elastic limit
B yield point
C ultimate point
D breaking point
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The work done on a unit volume of material, as simple tensile force is gradually increased
from zero to a value causing rupture, is called
A modulus of elasticity
B modulus of toughness
C modulus of resilience
D none of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The necking in case of ductile material begins at the
A Elastic limit point
B Upper yield point
C Lower yield point
D Ultimate point
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The temperature stress is a function of
A Coefficient of linear expansion and and temperature rise
B Temperature rise and modulus of elasticity of the material
C Coefficient of linear expansion and modulus of elasticity
D Coefficient of linear expansion, temperature rise and modulus of elasticity of the material
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the radius of wire stretched by a load is doubled, then its Young's modulus will be
A doubled
B remain unaffected
C become one-fourth
D become four times
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
the
A area at the time of fracture
B original cross-sectional area
C average of (A) and (B)
D more or less depending on other factors
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Percentage reduction of area in performing tensile test on cast iron may be of the order of
A 50.00%
B 0.00%
C 10.00%
D 20.00%
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question True stress-strain curve for materials is plotted between
A load/original cross-sectional area and change in length/original length
B load/instantaneous cross-sectional area original area and log.
C load/instantaneous area and instantaneous area/original area
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question During a tensile test on a specimen of 1 cm2 cross-section, maximum load observed was 8
kN and area of cross-section at neck was 0.5 cm2. Ultimate tensile strength of specimen is
A 4 kN/cm2
B 8 kN/cm2
C 16 kN/cm2
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For steel, the ultimate strength in shear as compared to in tension is nearly
A half
B same
C One third
D One
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of a material by virtue of which a body returns to its original, shape after
A plasticity
B elasticity
C malleability
D ductility
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question For which material the Poisson's ratio is more than unity
A Steel
B Copper
C Brass
D none of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The property of a material by virtue of which it can be beaten or rolled into plates is
called
A reliability
B plasticity
C ductility
D malleability
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Rupture stress is
A breaking stress
B load at breaking point/A
C load at breaking point/neck area
D maximum stress
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Linear strain of 0.004 was observed in a steel wire when subjected to tensile pull. What
will be the lateral strain if Poisson's ratio is 0.25?
A -0.01
B +0.01
C +0.001
D -0.001
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of square cross-section (50 mm x 50 mm) and length 2 m elongates by 1 mm
due to axial pull of 10 kN. If the lateral strain is 0.0002 then the change in side of the bar
cross-section will be …
A +0.001 mm
B +0.01mm
C - 0.01 mm
D - 0.001 mm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The change in length of a steel rod due to change in temperature depends on …
A original length
B change in temperature
C coefficient of expansion
D All of these
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of diameter 50 mm is subjected to a tensile pull 10 kN which results in the
diameter shrinking by 20 microns. The lateral strain in this case is …
A 4 x 10-4
B 2 x 10-4
C 8 x 10-4
D 4 x 10-4
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question An axial pull of 10 kN is applied to a mild steel bar of section area 200 sq mm. The
normal stress induced will be …
A 50 Pa
B 500 Pa
C 50 MPa
D 500 MPa
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A thin mild steel wire is loaded by adding loads in equal increments till it breaks. The
extensions noted with increasing loads will behave as under
A Uniform throughout
B Increase uniformly
C First increase and then decrease
D Increase uniformly first and then increase rapidly
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If the radius of wire is stretched by a load of doubled then its Young's modulus will be
A Doubled
B Half
C Become four time
D Remain unaffected
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The total elongation produced in a bar of uniform section hanging vertically downwards
due to its own weight is equal to that produced by a weight
A Of same magnitude as that of bar and applied at the lower end
B Half of the weight of bar applied at the lower end
C Half of the square of weight of bar applied at lower end
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The elongation produced in a tapered shaft with end diameter d1 and d2 due to tensile or
compressive axial load is proportional to
A D1+ d2
B 1/( d1+d2 )
C d1d2
D 1/( d1d2)
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cylindrical bar of length L meter, after application of load it deforms by l cm. The
strains in bar is
A 100* l/L
B 0.1*l/L
C 0.01*l /L
D l/L
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar made of steel and copper is heated up. The stresses developed in steel
and copper will be...
A Compressive and tensile
B Compressive and bending
C Bending and tensile
D Tensile and compressive
Answer D
Marks 2
--Unit --
Id
Question The extension of a circular bar tapering uniformly from diameter d1 to d2 is same as of
uniform circular bar of diameter
A (d1+d2)/2
B (d1-d2)/2
C √( d1d2)
D √(d12-d22)
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The temperature stress is function of
1.Co-efficient of linear expansion
2.Temperature rise
3.Modulus of elasticity.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3 only
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of 40 mm × 40 mm square cross-section is subjected to an axial
compressive load of 200 kN. If the length of the bar is 2 m and E = 200 GPa, the
elongation of the bar will be
A 1.25 mm
B 2.70 mm
C 4.05 mm
D 5.40 mm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of the
following is sufficient to calculate the resulting change in diameter?
A Young's modulus
B Shear modulus
C Poisson's ratio
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A solid uniform metal bar of diameter D and length L is hanging vertically
from its upper end. The elongation of the bar due to self weight is
A Proportional to L and inversely proportional to square of D
B Proportional to L2 and inversely proportional to square of D
C Proportional of L but independent of D
D Proportional of U but independent of D
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In terms of Poisson's ratio (μ) the ratio of Young's Modulus (E) to Shear
Modulus (G) of elastic materials is
A 2G(1+ μ )
B 2G(1 − μ )
C 0.5G(1+ μ )
D 0.5G(1 − μ )
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The relationship between Young's modulus (E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson's
ratio (μ) is given by
A E = 3 K (1 − 2μ )
B K = 3 E (1 − 2μ )
C E = 3 K (1 − μ )
D K = 3 E (1 − μ )
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question When a beam is said to be of uniform strength, then which one of the following
statements is correct?
A The bending moment is the same throughout the beam
B The shear stress is the same throughout the beam
C The deflection is the same throughout the beam
D The bending stress is the same at every section along its longitudinal axis
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If the value of Poisson's ratio is zero, then it means that
A The material is rigid
B The material is perfectly plastic
C There is no longitudinal strain in the material
D The longitudinal strain in the material is infinite
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Which of the following pairs are correctly matched?
1. Resilience ........................ Resistance to deformation.
2. Malleability …………..Shape change.
3. Creep ........................ Progressive deformation.
4. Plasticity .... ………… .Permanent deformation.
A 2, 3 and 4
B 1, 2 and 3
C 1, 2 and 4
D 1, 3 and 4
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question E, G, K and μ represent the elastic modulus, shear modulus, bulk modulus and
Poisson's ratio respectively of a linearly elastic, isotropic and homogeneous
material. To express the stress-strain relations completely for this material, at
least
A E, G and μ must be known
B E, K and μ must be known
C Any two of the four must be known
D All the four must be known
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A taper bar of length l with diameter D at base and having specific weight w is suspended
freely under its own weight. The elongation of bar will be
A wl3 /6E
B wl3 /E
C wl3 /4E
D wl3 /3E
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The change in the unit volume of a material under tension with increase in its Poisson's
ratio will
A Increase
B Decrease
C Remain same
D Increase initially and then Decrease
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The value of Young's modulus E in terms of Shear modulus G and Bulk modulus K is
A 9KG/(K+G)
B 9KG/(G+3K)
C 9KG/(K+3G)
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A conical bar of diameter D, axial length L, weight density w is placed vertically. If
Young's modulus of the material is E , then change in its axial length will be
A wL2/2E
B WL2/6E
C wL2/8E
D wL/8E
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The ultimate tensile stress for mild steel is ------ the ultimate compressive stress.
A equal to
B less than
C more than
D Nearly equal to
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The shear modulus of most materials with respect to the modulus of elasticity is
A equal to half
B less than half
C more than half
D none of these
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of length L and constant cross section(A) is hanging vertically. What would be total
increase in length due to self weight(W)?
A WL/AE
B 2WL/AE
C WL/2AE
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of circular cross section varies uniformly from a cross section 2D to D. If extension
of the bar is calculated treating it as a bar of average diameter, then the percentage error
will be
A 10
B 25
C 33
D 50
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
A 2
B 4
C 0.5
D 0.25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D1
Id
Question The bulk modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of rigidity. The Poisson’s
ratio of the material is
A 1/7
B 2/7
C 3/7
D 4/7
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In an experiment it is found that the bulk modulus of a material is equal to its shear
modulus. The Poisson’s ratio is
A 0.12
B 0.25
C 0.38
D 0.5
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If equal and opposite forces applied to a body tend to elongate it, the stress so produced is
called
B Tensile stress
C Compressive stress
D Working stress.
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question When a bar subjected to an axial pull P, it
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cube is subjected to three mutually perpendicular stresses σ each. If E=Young's
modulus & ν =Poisson's ratio of the material, the volumetric strain in the cube is
A (3σ/E)*(1+ν)
B (3σ/E)*(1-ν)
C (3σ/E)*(1+2ν)
D (3σ/E)*(1-2ν)
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The percentage reduction in the area of cross section of a cast iron member during tensile
test would be
A More than 50 %
B 25-50 %
C 10-25 %
D Negligible
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For steel, the yield strength in shear as compared to that in tension is nearly
A Same
B Half
C One third
D Double
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The Young's modulus of a wire is defined as the stress which will increase the length of
the wire compared to its original length by...
A Half
B Double
C Same
D One third
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
3
Id
Question The value of Poisson's ratio for cast iron is...
A 0.01 to 0.1
B 0.25 to 0.33
C 0.4 to 0.6
D 0.23 to 0.27
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Stress increasing with time at a constsnt load is ...
A Creeping
B Yielding
C Breaking
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Assertion (A): Hook’s law is the constitutive law for a linear elastic material. Reason
(R) : Formulation of the theory of elasticity requires the hypothesis that there exists a
unique unstressed state of the body, to which the body returns whenever all the forces are
removed.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is notthe correct explanation of A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given
below the Lists:
A. Ultimate strength 1. Internal structure
B. Natural strain 2. Change of length per unit instantaneous length
C. Conventional strain 3. Change of length per unit gauge length
D. Stress 4. Load per unit area
A A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4
B A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1
C A-1, B-3, C-2, D-4
D A-4, B-2, C-3, D-1
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Assertion (A): Stress-strain curves for brittle material do not exhibit yield point.
Reason (R): Brittle materials fail without yielding.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question When a composite unit consisting of a steel rod surrounded by a cast iron tube is
subjected to an axial load.
Assertion(A):Theratioofnormalstressesinducedinboththematerialsis equal to the
ratio of Young's moduli of respective materials.
Reason (R): The composite unit of these two materials is firmly fastened together at
the ends to ensure equal deformation in both the materials.
B Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A mild steel specimen is tested in tension up to fracture in a Universal Testing Machine.
Which of the following mechanical properties of the material can be evaluated from such
a test?
1. Modulus of elasticity
2. Yield stress
3. Ductility
4. Tensile strength
5. Modulus of rigidity
Select the correct answer using the code given below:
A 1, 3, 5 and 6
B 2, 3, 4 and 6
C 1, 2, 5 and 6
D 1, 2, 3 and 4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Which one of the following pairs is NOT correctly matched?
A Uniformly distributed stress --Force passed through the centroid of the cross-section
B Elastic deformation -- Work done by external forces during deformation is dissipated fully
as heat
C Potential energy of strain -- Body is in a state of elastic deformation
D Hooke's law -- Relation between stress and strain
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Two bars of same material having diameters in ratio 1:2 are subjected to tensile pull of
same magnitude. The tensile stress induced will be in the ratio …
A 1:4
B 4:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
Above figure indicates.....condition
A Linear Elastic
B Linear plastic
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
Above figure indicates.....condition
A Linear Elastic
B Linear plastic
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A Cast iron
B Mild Steel
C Aluminum
D Pure copper
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question In the below figure, corresponding to point c is
A Elastic limit
B Upper yield point
C Lower yield point
D Proportional limit point
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of square cross section is subjected to an axial tensile force such that the
longitudinal strain in the bar is e. If the Poisson’s ratio of the bar is 0.3 the volumetric
strain in the bar will be
A 0.4e
B 0.6e
C 3e
D 1.6 e
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If all the dimensions of a prismatic bar of square cross section suspended freely from the
ceiling of a roof are doubled then the total elongation produced by its own weight will
increase
A eight times
B four times
C three times
D two times
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A given material has Young’s modulus E, modulus of rigidity G and Poisson’s ratio 0.25.
The ratio of Young’s modulus to modulus of rigidity of the material is
A 3.75
B 3
C 2.5
D 1.5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
A 8 x 106 N/mm2
B 8 x 105 N/mm2
C 0.8 x 104 N/mm2
D 0.8 x 105 N/mm2

Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
A 8 x 106 N/mm2
B 8 x 105 N/mm2
C 0.8 x 104 N/mm2
D 0.8 x 105 N/mm2

Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar of uniform cross section is subject to uni-axial tension and develops a strain in the
direction of the force of 1/800. Assuming m = 1/3, the change of volume per unit volume
will be
A 1/1000
B 1/1200
C 1/2400
D 1/4800
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar 4 cm in diameter is subjected to an axial load of 4 t. The extension of the bar over a
gauge length of 20 cm is 0.03 cm. The decreases in diameter is 0.0018 cm. The Poisson’s
ratio is
A 0.25
B 0.30
C 0.33
D 0.35
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar 30 mm in diameter was subjected to tensile load of 54 kN and the measured
extension on 300 mm gauge length was 0.112 mm and change in diameter was 0.00366
mm. Poisson’s ration will be
A 0.25
B 0.326
C 0.356
D 0.28
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
A 2
B 4
C 1/2
D 1/4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar is made of strips of materials 1 and 2, each having area of cross section
50 mm2. Under an applied load of 3 kN, stress in material 1 is 20 N/mm2. If E for
material 1 is 100 kN/mm2, what is the value of E for material 2.
A 50 kN/mm2
B 100 kN/mm2
C 150 kN/mm2
D 200 kN/mm2
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A round steel rod a of diameter D and length L is subjected to an axial load P. another
steel bar B tapered with diameter D at one end uniformly tapering to diameter 0.4D at the
other end, length L is also subjected to same axial load P. the ratio of change in length in
bar A to the change in length in bar B is
A 2.5
B 1.6
C 0.8
D 0.4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cube of of mild steel is subjected to principal stress p,p,p in 3 directions. The Poisson’s
ratio of mild steel is 0.3. The ratio of volumetric strain to longitudinal strain in any
direction is
A 1.2
B 1.8
C 2.4
D 3.0
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bar of square section tapering from 25mm X 25mm at one end to 20 mm X 20 mm
at the other end is subjected to an axial force of 10 kN. The length of the bar is 1 meter
and its young’s modulus is 100 kN/mm2 what is the change in the length of the bar
A 2 mm
B 0.2 mm
C 0.02 mm
D 0.01 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A bar 50 mm long is subjected to a tensile stress. If the change in its length is 0.025 mm
and young’s modulus is 100 kN/mm2, the stress in bar is
A 250 N/mm2
B 100 N/mm2
C 50 N/mm2
D 25 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A steel bolt passes centrally through a brass tube. At the the ends washers and nuts are
provided. Nuts are tightened so as to produce a compressive stress of 50 N/mm2 in brass
tube. The area of cross section of brass tube and steel bolt is 500 mm2 each. Esteel= 2Ebrass .
What is the stress developed in steel rod.
A 200 N/mm2 (tensile)
B 200 N/mm2 (compressive)
C 50 N/mm2 (tensile)
D 100 N/mm2(compressive)
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The extension of a circular bar tapering uniformly from diameter d1 at one end to
diameter d2 at the other end, and subjected to an axial pull of P is __________ the
extension of a circular bar of diameter d1 d2 subjected to the same load P.
A equal to
B less than
C greater than
D Sometimes less, Sometime more
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A specimen of 1.2 cm2 cross sectional area and a length 10 cm is tested under tension .
The max load recorded by universal testing machine is 60Kn, the area at the neck 0.8cm2
the ultimate strength of the material is
A 750 N/mm2
B 600 N/mm2
C 500 N/mm2
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question During a tensile test on a specimen of 1cm2 cross-section, maximum load observed was 8
tonnes and area of cross-section at neck was 0.5 cm2.Ultimate tensile strength of
specimen is
A 4 tonnes/cm2
B 8 tonnes/cm2
C 16 tonnes/cm2
D 22 tonnes/cm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A spherical ball of volume 1000 cm3 is subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 18 N/mm2.
If bulk modulus of ball is 180 N/mm2. The change in the volume the ball will be
A 1000 mm3
B 100 mm3
C 10 mm3
D 5 mm3
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar is made of aluminum and steel strips each of 200 mm2 area of cross
section. If E steel = 3 E aluminum and stress in steel is 15 N/mm2, due to an axial load P,
what is the value of P ?
A 12 kN
B 6 kN
C 4 kN
D 2 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A copper bar 2 cm diameter is completely encased in steel tube or inner diameter 2 cm
and outer diameter 4 cm. Under an axial load, stress in a steel tube is 100 N/mm2 , If E
steel = 2*E copper, what will be stress in copper bar
A 300 N/mm2
B 100 N/mm2
C 50 N/mm2
D 33.33 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A composite bar of copper and steel is heated. The ratio of tensile force in steel and
compressive stress in copper will be
A 1
B 0.5
C 2
D 25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For the circular bar as shown above,if the elastic modulus and coefficient of thermal
expansion for steel are 200 GPa and 11.7 × 10-6 per °C respectively and for copper 70
GPa and 21.6 × 10-6 per °C respectively and if the temperature of the rod is raised by
50°C, then the free expansion of the rod will be
A 1.1025 mm (Tensile)
B 1.1025 cm (Compressive)
C 1.1025 mm (Compressive)
D 0.1025 mm (Tensile)
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Question
Refering the above figure if the free expansion of the stepped shaft is 1.1025 mm
(Compressive) then the deflection responsible for the temperature stress induced will
be....
A 0.0725 mm
B 0.7025 mm
C 0.7025 cm
D 1.7025 mm
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
If a rigid beam of negligible weightis supported in a horizontal position by two rods of

steel and aluminum, 2 m and 1 m long having values of cross – sectional areas 1 cm2 and
2 cm2 and E of 200 GPa and 100 GPa respectively and if a load P is applied as shown in
the figure then for the rigid beam to remain horizontal....
A The forces on both sides should be equal
B The force on aluminum rod should be twice the force on steel
C The force on the steel rod should be twice the force on aluminum
D The force P must be applied at the centre of the beam
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
then the maximum normal stress in section CD will be .....
A 12.73 N/m2
B 12.73 MN/m
C 12.73 MN/m2
D 12.73 KN/m2
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
then the maximum normal stress in section AB will be .....
A 88.42 N/m2
B 88.42 GN/m2
C 88.42 KN/m2
D 88.42 MN/m2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
For the stepped shaft as shown above, if the deflections in AB, BC, CD sections are
6.3157x10-5m,1.3466x10-5m, and 1.5154x10-5m respectively, then the net elongation of
the stepped shaft will be....
A 9.1777 x10-5 cm
B 9.1777 x10-5m
C 9.1777 x10-5mm
D 9.1777 x10-3mm
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --

Subject code-202045
Unit-2
Id
Question A beam is called statically determinate when ..... ( n= number of reactions; m = number of useful
equilibrium equations)
A n=m
B n>m
C n<m
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam is called statically in-determinate when ..... ( n= number of reactions; m = number of
useful equilibrium equations)
A n=m
B n>m
C n<m
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is a point load on beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D Constant
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is a point load on beam then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load on a beam is UDL then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UDL on a beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UVL on beam then the variation of SFD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If the load is UVL on beam then the variation of BMD is _ _ _ _ _
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D constant
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question At point of contra-flexure_ _ _ _ _ _ _
A SF is zero
B SF is maximum
C BM is zero
D BM is maximum
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
The maximum bending moment will take place at __ _ _ _
A Middle
B At distance 'a' from right end
C At distance 'a' from left end
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If shear force for a part of beam varies linearly then the loading on same part must be
A UDL
B UVL
C Point load
D moment
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The point of contra flexure occurs only in
A Cantilever beam
B Overhanging beam
C Simply supported beam
D Uniform beam
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question At the point of contra flexure shearing force
A is maximum
B is minimum
C is equal
D is zero
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The rate of change of bending moment is equal to
A Shear force at that section
B Deflection at that section
C Loading at that section
D Slope at that section
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam extending beyond the supports is called
B fixed beam
C overhanging beam
D cantilever beam
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam supported on more than two supports is called
B fixed beam
C overhanging beam
D continuous beam
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Bending moment in the center of a beam of length L simply supported at both ends &
having a central load of W is
A WL
B WL/2
C WL/4
D WL/8
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question An overhanging beam is
A Same as cantilever
B Not Same as cantilever
C One which extends beyond its support at either or both ends
D One which extends beyond its support at both ends
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of span ‘L’ meters supports a UDL of ‘w’ kN/m over its entire span.
The maximum bending moment will be …
A wL/2 kNm
B wL2/2 kNm
C wL3/2 kNm
D wL2/4 kNm
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of span ‘L’ meters supports a point load of ‘W’ kN at the free end. The
bending moment at the middle of the span will be …
A wL/2 kNm
B wL2/2 kNm
C wL3/2 kNm
D wL2/4 kNm
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam of span 2 m supports a point load of 40 kN at the free end. The bending
moment at distance of 0.5 m from free end will be …
A 40 kNm
B 80 kNm
C 20 kNm
D 60 kNm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question If a simply supported beam carries a point load at the middle of the span then the shear
force diagram will be …
A Two equal and opp. triangles
B One rectangle
C Two equal and opp. rectangles
D A triangle
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam carries a couple at a point on its span, the shear force
A varies by cubic law
B varies by parabolic law
C varies linearly
D is uniform throughout
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Variation of bending moment in a cantilever carrying a load the intensity of which varies
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D none of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Variation of shear force in a cantilever carrying a load the intensity of which varies
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D none of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Maximum bending moment in a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed
load is
A wl2/4
B wl2/8
C wl2/12
D wl/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question At the point of application of a point load on a beam there is
A maximum bending moment
B sudden change in shape of shear force diagram
C maximum deflection
D point of contraflexure
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Maximum bending moment in a cantilever carrying a point load at the free end occurs at
the
A free end
B mid span
C fixed end
D at the position of load
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The variation of bending moment due to uniformly distributed load is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The variation of bending moment due to a point load is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The variation of shear force due to a uniformly distributed load is by
A cubic law
B parabolic law
C linear law
D uniform law
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a cantilever subjected to bending moment at the free
end is
A triangle
B rectangle
C parabola
D elliptical
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Wherever the bending moment is maximum the shear force is
A zero
B also maximum
C minimum
D of any value
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram shows the variation of bending moment along the _______
of the beam.
A cross-sectional area
B length
C width
D depth
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A structural element which is subjected to loads transverse to its axis is known as a
_____.
A disc
B strut
C column
D beam
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A roller support can sustain a force only ________ to its surface.
A inclined
B parallel
C normal
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A hinged support can sustain reactions in _______________________.
A only vertical direction.
B vertical and horizontal directions
C only horizontal direction.
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam is said to be a cantilever whose_______.
A both ends are fixed
B both ends are free
C one end is free and one end is fixed
D Both ends supported on rollers
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A shear force diagram shows the variation of shear force along _______ of a beam.
A width
B length
C depth
D cross-section
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The rate of change of shear force at any section is equal to
A Bending moment
B Loading
C Deflection
D Intensity of loading
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question Shear force diagram for a cantilever beam carrying a uniformly distributed load over its
length is a
A Triangle
B Rectangle
C Hyperbola
D Parabola
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force diagram of a simply supported beam carrying a central point load
A changes sign at its midpoint
B remains same
C increases to maximum
D decreases to minimum
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
there is a

Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly
distributed load of w per unit length, will be
A a horizontal line
B a vertical line
C an inclined line
D a parabolic curve
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force in the centre of a simply supported beam carrying a uniformly distributed
load of w per unit length, is
A zero
B wl2/2
C wl2/4
D wl2/8
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The point of contraflexure is a point where
A bending moment changes sign

B shear force changes sign
C shear force is maximum
D bending moment is maximum
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
there is a

Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
there is a

Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
The maximum bending moment will be __ _ _ _
A P*(L-a) * a/L
B P*(L-a) * b/L
C P*(L-a) /L
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 5m is subjected to a point load P at distance 2 m from right
end. The maximum SF will be __ _ _ _
A P
B P/2
C 3P/5
D 2P/5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
is maximum SF ?
A w*L
B w*L/2
C 2*w*L
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
is minimum SF ?
A w*L
B w*L/2
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
where will minimum SF act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
where will maximum SF act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
is maximum BM?
A w*L*L
B w*L*L/2
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
where will maximum BM act ?
A fixed end
B free end
C middle
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question LOAD SFD
1 POINT LOAD A ZERO
2 UDL B PARABOLIC
3 UVL C LINEAR
4 MOMENT D CONSTANT
Match the pairs
A 1-A; 2-C;3-B;4-D
B 1-D; 2-C;3-B;4-A
C 1-A; 2-B;3-C;4-D
D 1-D; 2-B;3-C;4-A
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question LOAD BMD
1 POINT LOAD A CONSTANT
2 UDL B CUBIC
3 UVL C PARABOLIC
4 MOMENT D LINEAR
Match the pairs
A 1-A; 2-C;3-B;4-D
B 1-D; 2-C;3-B;4-A
C 1-A; 2-B;3-C;4-D
D 1-D; 2-B;3-C;4-A
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question Which one of the following beam is statically determinate?
A fixed beam
B propped cantilever beam
C continuous beam
D overhanging beam
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a cantilever subjected to a couple M at free end will be
A Triangle
B Rectangle
C Parabolic
D hyperbolic
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In the case of cantilever irrespective of the type of loading, the maximum bending
moment and maximum shear force occurs at
A Free end
B Under the load
C Fixed end
D middle
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
ID
Question For a simply supported beam with span of 4 m carrying a triangular load with zero
intensity at one end and 2 kN/m ( rate of loading ) at other end , the maximum bending
moment in kN-m will be
A 4
B -4.33
C -5.33
D 6.33
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question In a simply supported beam of span 9 m carrying load 10 kN/m uniformly distributed load
for a distance of 6 m from the left end, the maximum bending moment in kN-m is
A 270
B 80
C 45
D 607.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a point load of 3 kN at distance of 2 m
from the left support. The maximum bending moment in kN-m will be …
A 8
B 1
C 4
D 2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a point load of 3 kN and 6 kN at distance of
2 m and 4 m respectively from the left support. The maximum bending moment in kN-m
will be …
A 10
B 52
C 6
D 24
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
A 72 kN-m
B 8 kN-m
C 60 kN-m
D 104 kN-m
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
A 126 kN-m
B 12 kN-m
C 18 kN-m
D 180 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam, the maximum bending moment is located ______.
A at point C
B between points C & D
C at point D
D at point B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam, the shear force is zero ______.
A between points C & D

B at point C
C at point B
D at point D
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown, shear force diagram shows the change in sign (from +ve to -
ve) at points A and B. The maximum bending moment occurs _______.
A at point A
B between points A & C
C at point E
D at point B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For a following beam shown, the vertical reaction at point B is
A 90 kN
B 6 kN
C 27 kN
D 30 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For a following beam shown, the vertical reaction at point A is
A 90 kN
B 6 kN
C 27 kN
D 30 kN
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown, the shear force is zero at a distance of 6 m from end 'A'.
Hence the bending moment at that location is _________.
A 90 kN-m
B 540 kN-m
C 180 kN-m
D 18 kN-m
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
d
Question A concentrated load of P acts on a simply supported beam of span L at a distance L/3 from the
left support. The bending moment at the point of application of the load is given by
A PL/3
B 2PL/3
C PL/9
D 2PL/9
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
A M/L
B M/L/2
C Zero
D M
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
What is maximum BM and its location in above loading?
A M at fixed end
B M at free end
C M at middle
D M at everywhere along beam
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A PL
B PL/2
C PL/4
D 2PL
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The reaction at left end will be_ _ _ _
A 3 kN
B 1.5 kN
C 1 kN
D 2.25 kN
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
what is the maximum shear force in above loading?
A W*L
B W*L/2
C 2W*L
D W/L
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
what is the maximum bending moment in above loading?
A W*L^2
B W*L^2/2
C 2W*L^2
D W*L/2
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
A W*L
B W*L/2
C 2W*L
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
What is the maximum bending moment in above loading?
A W*L*L
B W*L*L/2
C W*L*L/8
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for a cantilever beam subjected to a point load 'W' at free end
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for a cantilever beam subjected to a point load at the midspan is
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The Bending moment diagram for a cantilever beam subjected to a UDL of intensity 'w'
over its entire span is
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for following beam is
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question
The shear force diagram for a simply supported beam subjected to a point load 'W' is
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram for a simply supported beam subjected to a point load 'W'
is
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit --
d
Question
For above loading how much is maximum shear force?
A M/L
B M/L/2
C 2M/L
D Zero
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
A M
B M/2
C 2M
D Zero
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
Maximum BM will occur at what point?
A 2.6 m from left end

B 2.6 m from right end
C Middle section
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
The BM for part AB is
A PL
B 2PL
C zero
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
Which part of beam is under pure bending?
A DA
B AB
C BC
D DC
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For above loading how much is maximum SF?
A P
B P/2
C P/4
D 2P
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
which part of the beam is under pure bending?
A AB
B BC
C AC
D CAN'T SAY
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
which part of the beam is under bending as well shearing ?
A AB
B BC
C AC
D CAN'T SAY
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
In above loading, what is the maximum shear force?
A 100 N
B 60 N
C 40N
D 50 N
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
In above loading, what is the maximum bending moment?
A 100 Nm
B 300 Nm
C 200 Nm
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam 10 m long carries a point load. When SF diagram is drawn, there are two
rectangular of the size 10 kN X 3 m, one is starting from one end and above the reference
line and other starting from the other end but below the reference line. The bending
moment at the center line of the beam is ... (kNm)
A 50
B 40
C 30
D 20
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The bending moment diagram will be a cubic parabola in the case of a cantilever loaded
as follows
A Bending moment applied at free end
B Concentrated load at the end
C Uniformly distributed load
D Varying load, zero at free end and maximum at fixed end
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question If a beam of constant section is subjected throughout its length to a uniform bending
moment ,it will bend to
A A circular arc
B A parabolic arc
C Elliptical shape
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 10 m long carries uniformly distributed load of 10 kN/meter run starting
from fixed end up to the middle of its length. The bending moment at the middle of the
cantilever is
A 0 kN-m
B 50 kN-m
C 25 kN-m
D 100 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 8 m long carries uniformly distributed load of intensity w kN/m run, starting
from free end up to the middle of its length. If the maximum bending moment in the
cantilever is 240 kN-m, what is magnitude of w
A 30 kN-m
B 20 kN-m
C 10 kN-m
D 5 kN-m
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever 6 m long carries uniformly distributed load of intensity 20 kN/m run through
out its length, if it is propped by a force F at its free end so that the center of the cantilever
becomes the point of contraflexure, what is the magnitude of force F
A 120 kN
B 60 kN
C 30 kN
D 15 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 8 m long, simply supported at its end carries a point load W at a distance of 3
m from one end, such that maximum bending moment in the beam is 1500 kN-m, what is
the magnitude of W
A 700 kN
B 750 kN
C 800 kN
D 1000 kN
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 10 m long, simply supported over 8 m long span, having equal overhang on
both the sides carries load of 80 kN at each end and load of 20 kN at it's center, the points
of contraflexure lie at
A The support
B Only at the center
C At 3 m from the ends
D There is no point of contraflexure
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 8 m long, simply supported over 6 m with an overhang of 2 m on one side
carries a load of 60 kN at it's center. The maximum moment in the beam is
A 120 kN-m
B 100 kN-m
C 80 kN-m
D 60 kN-m
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit --
Id
Question A beam 10 m long, simply supported at its ends carries uniformly distributed load of w
N/m run from one end up to a distance of 3 m and also from the other end up-to a distance
of 3 m.The SF at the center of the beam is
A 5wN
B 3wN
C wN
D 0
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A beam of 10 m long hinged at both the ends is subjected to clockwise turning moment of
50 kN-m at a distance of 3 m from one end. The SF at the center of the beam is
A 125 kN
B 105 kN
C 50 kN
D 5 kN
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question The shear force of a cantilever beam of length l carrying a uniformly distributed load of w
per unit length is __________ at the free end.
A zero
B wl/4
C wl/2
D wl
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
from right support. What will be the shear force at the distance of 4 m from the right
support?
A 24 kN
B 20 kN
C 16 kN
D 12 kN
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question An overhanging beam of span 14 m has supports located such that there is an overhang of
2 m on both the sides. It supports a UDL of 5 kN/m over the entire span. The maximum
bending moment will be …
A 72.5 kNm
B 52.5 kNm
C 37.5 kNm
D 47.5 kNm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
from right support. What will be the bending moment at a distance of 4 m from the right
support?
A 90 kN-m
B 80 kN-m
C 70 kN-m
D 60 kN-m
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 4.5 m supports a UDL of 15 kN/m over a span of 3 m
from the right end. The maximum bending moment will occur at what distance from the
left support?
A 3.0 m
B 2.25 m
C 2.5 m
D 1.5 m
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For following beam shown in fig, the shear force is zero at the mid span of AB. The
bending moment is ________.
A 0 kN-m
B 10 kN-m
C 12.5 kN-m
D 25 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question A cantilever beam 2 m long carries a point load of 1.8 kN at its free end. The maximum
bending moment is _______.
A 3.6 kN-m
B 1.8 kN-m
C 1 kN-m
D 0 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question
For following beam shown in fig, the maximum bending moment is ________.
A 4 kN-m
B 2.8 kN-m
C 3.2 kN-m
D 3 kN-m
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a beam shown in fig. the shear force is zero between CB. And it occurs at a distance
of ___________.
A 1 m from C
B 0.75 m from C
C 2 m from B
D 3 m from A
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the shear force is zero between CD. And it occurs at a
distance of ___________.
A 1.2 m from D
B 3.2 m from C
C 1.2 m from C
D 3 m from B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the maximum bending moment which occurs between
AB is _______.
A 4 kN-m
B 18 kN-m
C 36 kN-m
D 2.25 kN-m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the point of contraflexture which occurs between AB
is at a distance of _______.
A 2.67 m from C
B 1 m from B
C 3 m from A
D 2.67 m from A
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit --
Id
Question For a following beam shown in fig, the point of contrafleture which occurs between AC is
at a distance of _______.
A 1.5 m from A
B 0.33 m from A
C 1.33 m from A
D 1 m from A
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit --

Subject code-202045
Unit-3
Id
Question Which of the following is not the assumption of theory of simple bending?
A Transverse plane remain plane and perpendicular to the neutral surface after bending
B The cross section of beam is symmetric
C The stress is purely longitudinal
D Stress concentration effect is included
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress along neutral axis is __________________
A Maximum
B Minimum
C Zero
D None of them
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In case of T section, bending stress is maximum at
A Upper fiber
B Lower fiber
C Neutral axis
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending is called unsymmetrical
A When the cross section is symmetric about vertical axis
B Load is along vertical symmetrical axis of cross section
C Both A and B
D None of A and B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The variation of bending stress and distance from neutral axis is
A Linear
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress and radius of curvature at a distance from neutral fiber are
A Directly proportional
B Inversely proportional
C Not related
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the section modulus is increased then bending stress
A Increases
B Decreases
C Remain constant
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For the rectangular beam of width ‘b’ and depth ‘d’, the sectional modulus is
A bd^3/6
B bd^2/6
C bd^3/12
D bd^2/12
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question For the circular beam of diameter ‘d’, the sectional modulus is
A πd^3/64
B πd^3/32
C πd^2/64
D πd^2/32
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Beams with uniform bending strength will have
A Same bending moment all along the length
B Same depth all along the length
C Same bending stress all along the length
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of depth of simply supported beam with point load at middle to have
uniform bending strength is
A Constant
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the width of the section is increased then shear stress
A Increases
B Decreases
C Remain constant
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of shear stress along cross section of beam is
A Constant
B Parabolic
C Cubic
D Linear
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The bending stress is maximum at __________________
A Outer fibers
B Neutral axis
C Everywhere
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The shear stress is maximum at __________________
A Outer fibers
B Neutral axis
C Everywhere
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For hogging bending moment the compression zone is …
A along neutral axis
B above neutral axis
C below neutral axis
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The moment of inertia of a circular cross-section of diameter ‘d’ about an axis passing
through its centroid can be expressed as …
A πd4 /64
B πd2 /32
C πd2 /64
D πd4 /32
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If a beam having rectangular cross-section is subjected to shear force, the maximum shear
stress occurs at …
A Neutral axis
B Extreme fibre
C Depends on the dimensions
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The variation of shear stress is linear across the depth for which cross-section?
A Rectangular
B Circular
C I – section
D None of these
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Shear stress in a beam subjected to shear force is inversely proportional to …
A M.I. and depth of section
B Polar M.I. and depth
C M.I. and width of section
D Polar M.I. and area of section
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
will …
A Increase by 50%
B Decrease by 50%
C Increase by 25%
D Decrease by 25%
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of M.I. of a section to the distance of extreme fiber is known as …
A Shear modulus
B Bulk modulus
C elastic modulus
D section modulus
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a cantillever beam is loaded at its free end, maximum compressive stress shall
develop at ....
A Bottom fiber
B Top fiber
C Neutral axis
D Center of gravity
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The flexural formula for beam is...
A M/Y = E/R
B Y/M=E/R
C M/I = E/R
D M/R=E/I
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
A σb(max)/E
B M/σb(max)
C σb(max)/M
D M/I
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
A I/σbmax
B ymax/I
C σbmax/I
D I/ymax
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The beam material is stressed...
A Within plastic limit

B Within elastic limit
C Beyond plastic limit
D Between elastic and plastic limit
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question The value of E during pure bending is assumed to be...
A More in tension and less in compression

B Same in tension and compression
C Less in tension and more in compression
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Flitched beams means...
A Continuous beam
B Fixed beam
C Composite beam consisting of wooden and mild steel plates
D None of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question During bending of beams which of the following statement is true...
A Alternate layer is free to expand and contract independently.

B No layer is free to expand and contract independently.
C Each layer is free to expand and contract independently.
D Only extreme layer is free to expand and contract independently.
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
experincing highest tension in bending will be....

C At the NA
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
experincing highest compression in bending will be....

C At the NA
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question E1/E2 is called ...
A Poisson's ratio
B Ratio of elasticity
C Modular ratio
D Nodular ratio
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Factors influencing bending stress in beams are...
A Bending moment alone

B Bending moment and M.I.
C Bending moment , M.I. , E and R
D Bending moment, M.I., E, R and y
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question Max. BM for Simply supported beam with udl is ....
A wL/8
B wL2/8
C wL3/8
D wL2/12
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A1
Id
Question A rectangular section (b x d) is subjected to shear force F. The maximum shear stress will
be …
A 5 F/(2bd)
B 3 F/(2bd)
C 3 F/(4bd)
D 2 F/(3bd)
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Rectangular sections A and B have width ’b’ mm and ‘2b’ mm respectively but have same
depth. If these are subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Rectangular sections A and B have depth ’d’ mm and ‘2d’ mm respectively but have same
width. If these are subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Circular sections A and B have diameter ’d’ mm and ‘2d’ mm respectively. If these are
subjected to same B.M. then what will be the ratio of maximum bending stress in section
A to section B?
A 1:8
B 8:1
C 1:4
D 4:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
will …
A Increase by 50%
B Decrease by 50%
C Increase by 25%
D Decrease by 25%
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Section modulus of solid circular rod of diameter D is equal to
A D²/10
B D³/10
C D4/10
D D4/20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Section modulus of hollow circle with average diameter 'd' and wall thickness 't' is equal
to
A (4/5) t d2
B (4/5) t2 d2
C (4/5) d t2
D (5/4) t d2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Moment of beam is defined as its section modulus multiplied by
A moment of inertia
B stress
C strain
D Coefficient of elasticity
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If freely supported beam at its ends is loaded by a central concentrated load, then
maximum moment is M. If the same weight be equally distributed over the beam, then
maximum moment will be
A M
B M/2
C M/3
D M/4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of maximum shear stress to the average shear stress in a rectangular beam
subjected to torsion is
A 3/2
B 4/3
C 7/4
D 2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The section modulus of a circular section about an axis through its c.g is
A Π/16
B Π/32
C Π64
D Πd2/32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the section modulus of a beam decreases, then bending stress will
A Decrease
B Increase
C Remain same
D There is no such correlation
Answer increase
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In an Isection of a beam subjected to transverse shear force Q, The maximum shear stress
is developed at.
A The top edge of the top flange
B The bottom edge of the top flange
C The upper edge of the bottom flange
D The center of the Web
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever length l is fixed at one end and a couple M is applied at the other end . If EI
is the flexural rigidity of the cantilever, then slope at the free end of the cantilever is
A 2Ml/ EI
B Ml/ EI
C Ml/ 2EI
D 4Ml/EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress in the case of circular shaft
transmitting power is
A 2
B 1.33
C 1
D 0.75
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of average shear stress to maximum shear stress for a beam of circular section
subjected to transverse shear force is
A 0.8
B 0.75
C 0.67
D 0.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The maximum shear stress developed in a beam of circular section is __________ the
average shear stress
A equal to
B 4/3 times
C 1.5 times
D twice
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Which of the following statements regarding assumptions in analysis of stressed beam is
false
A The material is homogeneous and isotropic, so that it has the same elastic properties in all
directions
B Modulus of elasticity in tension and compression are equal
C The radius of curvature of the beam before bending is equal to that of its transverse
dimensions
D Normal sections of the beam, which were plane before bending, remain plane after
bending
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In T-section
A Both flange and web resists in the ratio of the
their areas of cross-section
B Only flanges resists shear
C Most of the shear is resisted by web only
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Shear stress in a rectangular beam exhibits a
A Parabolic variation
B Linear variation
C Cubic variation
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question In I-section, the bending moment is resisted mainly by
A Flanges only
B Web only
C Both by flanges and web
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of uniform strength is one in which
A B.M. is same throughout the beam
B Deflection is same throughout the length
C The bending stress is same in every section along the longitudinal axis
D Shear stress is uniform throughout the beam
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The beam section shown in figure is subjected to a maximum bending stress of 9 N/mm2.
Find (a). the force on the area shaded and (b). the moment of this force about the neutral
axis.
A 2100N, 3660Nm
B 5400N, 486Nm
C 54000N, 4860Nm
D 54005N, 4865Nm
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For the beam section shown in figure , find the ratio of the moments of resistance about
the XX and YY axes, for a given safe stress
A 1.814
B 1.184
C 4.481
D 8.142
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The section modulus for hollow rectangular section shown below is:
A BD-bd/6D
B BD2-bd2/6D
C B-b/6D
D None of these
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The moment of resistance for the hollow circular section shown is:
A f.[π(D4-d4)/32D]
B f.[π(D4-d4)/34D]
C f.[π(D2-d2)/32D]
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The T-shaped cross-section of a beam is subjected to vertical shear force of 100kN.
Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and flange.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal neutral axis is 1.134x108mm4.
A 11.20N/mm2; 2.750N/mm2
B 11.02N/mm2; 2.755N/mm2
C 2.755N/mm2; 11.02N/mm2
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
A 36.0 MPa
B 27.0 MPa
C 24.0 MPa
D 21.0 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Determine the maximum B.M. that can be applied to a beam of a hollow circular section
(OD 34 mm and thickness 5 mm) if the bending stress is not to exceed 110 MPa?
A 319 Nm
B 281 Nm
C 267 Nm
D 249 Nm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question What will be the maximum bending stress induced in a hollow circular section having OD
40 mm and ID 30 mm if bending moment 500 Nm acts upon it?
A 116.4 MPa
B 96.4 MPa
C 106.4 MPa
D 126.4 Mpa
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
subjected to a certain bending moment resulting in bending stress of 250 MPa. How much
is the bending moment?
A 2.1 kNm
B 2.4 kNm
C 2.7 kNm
D 3.0 kNm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
subjected to bending moment of 1.5 kNm. What will be the bending stress induced?
A 145 MPa
B 135 MPa
C 125 MPa
D 175 MPa
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
A 7.8 MPa
B 9.8 MPa
C 6.8 MPa
D 8.5 MPa
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
be.
A 240 mm
B 120 mm
C 75 mm
D 60 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A Beam of rectangular section of breath 10 cm and depth 20 cm is subjected to a bending
moment of 2.00 kNm. The stress developed at a distance of 5 cm from the top face is.
A 3 N/mm2
B 1.5 N/mm2
C 0.75 N/mm2
D 0.0 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A thin circular tube is used as a beam . At a particular section it is subjected to shear
force . If the maximum shear stress developed in the section is 'q', the mean shear stress
is.
A 0.5q
B 0.75q
C 0.80q
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel shaft A of diameter 'd ', length 'l' is subjected to a twisting moment T. another shaft
B of brass of same diameter 'd' but length '0.5l' is also subjected to same twisting moment
'T'. If the shear modulus of steel is twice the shear modulus of brass and the max shear
stress developed in steel shaft is 100 N/mm2, then the max stress developed in brass shaft
is.
A 200 N/mm2
B 100N/mm2
C 50N/mm2
D 25N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of T section is subjected to a bending moment. The depth of the section is 12cm.
The moment of the inertia of the section about the neutral axis is 600 cm4. The flange of
the section is in compression. If the maximum tensile stress in the section is double the
max compressive stress, then the value of the section modulus in tension for the section is
A 100 cm3
B 150 cm3
C 75 cm3
D 50 cm3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of of circular cross section , area 100mm2 is subjected to a transverse shear force
of 6 KN at a particular section. The magnitude of the maximum shear stress developed in
the section is
A 90 N/mm2
B 80 N/mm2
C 60 N/mm2
D 45 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Two tie rods are connected through a pin of a cross sectional area 80mm2. If the tie bars
are subjected to a tensile load of 20 Kn , then shear stress in the pin will be
A 500 N/mm2
B 250 N/mm2
C 125 N/mm2
D 50 N/mm2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of I section of depth 20cm is subjected to a bending moment. The flange
thickness is 1.5cm and web thickness is 0.5cm. If the maximum stress developed in the I
section is 20 N/mm2 , the stress developed at the inner edge of the flange is
A 20 N/mm2
B 17 N/mm2
C 14 N/mm2
D 6.667 N/mm2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam with a square cross section 100 X 100mm is simply supported at its ends and
carries a center load W. If the maximum shear stress developed in the section is not
exceed than 6 N/mm2,the maximum value of W is
A 20 KN
B 40 KN
C 80 KN
D 100KN
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam 3 m in length is simply supported at each end and bears a uniformly distributed
load of 10 kN per metre of length. The cross section of the bar is rectangular, 75 mm x
150 mm. Maximum bending stress in the beam will be
A 20 MPa
B 40 MPa
C 60 MPa
D 80 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam is loaded by a couple of 1 kNm at each of its ends. The beam is steel and of
rectangular cross section 25 mm wide by 50 mm deep. The maximum bending stress will
be
A 96 MPa
B 48 MPa
C 72 MPa
D 24 MPa
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of circular cross section is 200 mm in diameter. It is simply supported at each end
and loaded by two concentrated loads of 100 kN, applied 250 mm from the ends of the
beam. The maximum stress in the beam will be
A 63.6 MPa
B 31.8 MPa
C 17.6 MPa
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel cantilever beam 5 m in length is subjected to a concentrated load of 1 kN acting at
the free end of the bar. The beam is of rectangular cross section, 50 mm wide by 75 mm
deep. The stress induced in the beam will be
A 0
B 107 MPa
C 110 MPa
D 117 MPa
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question An steel wire of 20 mm diameter is bent into a circular shape of 10 m radius. If E, the
modulus of elasticity is 2 x 106 kg/cm2, then the maximum stress induced in the wire is
A 103 kg/cm2
B 2 x 103 kg/cm2
C 4 x 103 kg/cm2
D 6 x 103
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A strip of steel 1 mm thick is bent into an arc of a circle of 1 m radius. The maximum
bending stress will be(E = 200 Gnm-2)
A 25 MPa
B 50 MPa
C 64 MPa
D 100 MPa
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
be.
A 240 mm
B 120 mm
C 75 mm
D 60 mm
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10 meters. If the plate section be 120mm
wide and 20mm thick, find the maximum stress induced and the bending moment which
can produce this stress. Take E= 2 x 105 N/mm2?
A Fmax= 205 N/mm2 ; M= 1605Nm
B Fmax= 120 N/mm2 ; M= 160Nm
C Fmax= 200 N/mm2 ; M= 1600Nm
D Fmax= 1200 N/mm2 ; M= 1600Nm
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit

Subject code-202045
Unit-4
Id
Question The bending moment M = _______________.
A EIy
B E I (dy / dx)
C E I (d2y / dx2)
D E I (d3y / dx3)
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Shear force SF = _____________
A EIy
B E I (dy / dx)
C E I (d2y / dx2)
D E I (d3y / dx3)
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Rate of loading w(x) = ___________.
A [E I (y/dx4)]
B E I (dy/dx)
C E I (d2y/dx2)
D E I (d3y/dx3)
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question E I (d2y/dx2) = _______________.
A SF
B M
C [- w (x)]
D none of the above.
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question E I (dy/dx) = _______________.
A M
B Int[M dx]+ C1
C Int[Int(M dx)]dx + C1 x + C2
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question E I y = _______________.
A M
B Int[M dx]+ C1
C Int[Int(M dx)]dx + C1 x + C2
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The slope is always zero at ________ support.
A roller
B hinge
C fixed
D all the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The deflection is always zero at ________ support.
A roller
B hinge
C fixed
D all the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question At a roller support, the slope is always _____.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question At a fixed support, the slope is always _____.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam simply supported at its ends and carrying a point load, the slope at the point of
maximum deflection is ________.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load at its free end, the magnitude of slope at the
point of maximum deflection is ________.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load at its centre, the magnitude of slope at the
point of maximum deflection is ________.
A zero
B maximum
C minimum
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length L carries a point load at its centre. If x is the distance from
the fixed end, the slope is constant for _____.
A 0<x<L
B 0 < x < L/2
C L/2 < x < L
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length L carries a point load at its centre. If x is the distance from
the fixed end, the deflection is maximum at x = _____.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a point load at the centre. If x is the distance
from the left support, the deflection is maximum at x = _______.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a point load at the centre. If x is the distance
from the left support, the slope is zero at x = _______.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a point load at a distance of 3L/4 from the
left support. The deflection is maximum at a distance ______ from the left support.
A 0
B 3L/4
C more than 3L/4
D less than 3L/4
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a clockwise couple moment at its centre. If x
is the distance from the left support, the deflection is zero at x = __________.
A L/3
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a UDL throughout its length. If x is the
distance from the left support, the deflection is maximum at x = __________.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length L carries a UDL throughout its length. If x is the
distance from the left support, the deflection is zero at x = __________.
A 0
B L/2
C 3L/4
D L/4
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load W at its free end, the magnitude of slope at the
free end is ________.
A W L2 / 2EI
B W L2 / 3EI
C W L3 / 3EI
D W L3 / 6EI
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a point load W at its free end, the magnitude of deflection
at the free end is ________.
A W L2 / 2EI
B W L2 / 3EI
C W L3 / 3EI
D W L3 / 6EI
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a UDL of w per unit length throughout its length, the
magnitude of slope at the free end is ________.
A w L2 / 2EI
B w L2 / 3EI
C w L3 / 3EI
D w L3 / 6EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a UDL of w per unit length throughout its length, the
magnitude of deflection at the free end is ________.
A w L3 / 3EI
B w L3 / 6EI
C w L3 / 8EI
D w L4 / 8EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a point load W at its centre, the slope at
the end points is _________.
A W L2 / 16 EI
B W L2 / 30 EI
C W L2 / 24 EI
D W L2 / 48 EI
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Deflection profile of a beam is known as its ____________
A Elastic curve
B Parabolic curve
C Plastic curve
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length over a
distance a (a < L) from the fixed end A to C, the slope at C is _________.
A w L3 / 3 EI
B w L3 / 6 EI
C w a3 / 3 EI
D w a3 / 6 EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length over a
distance a (a < L) from the fixed end A to C, the slope at free end B is _________.
A w L3 / 3 EI
B w L3 / 6 EI
C w a3 / 3 EI
D w a3 / 6 EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The energy absorbed in a body, when it is strained within the elastic limits, is known as
A Strain energy
B resilience
C Proof resilience
D toughness
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Resilience is the
A energy stored in a body when strained within elastic limits
B energy stored in a body when strained upto the breaking of the specimen
C maximum strain energy which can be stored in a body
D Strain Energy per unit volume in simple tension or compression
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Which of the following statement is correct?
A The energy stored in a body, when strained within elastic limit is known as strain energy.
B The maximum strain energy which can be stored in a body is termed as proof resilience.
C The proof resilience per unit volume of a material is known as modulus of resilience.
D all of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The strain energy stored in a spring, when subjected to maximum load, without suffering
permanent distortion, is known as
A impact energy
B proof resilience
C proof stress
D modulus of resilience
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The unit of modulus of elasticity is same as those of
A stress, strain and pressure
B stress, force and modulus of rigidity
C strain, force and pressure
D stress, pressure and modulus of rigidity
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a beam is subjected to a bending moment, the strain in a layer is __________ the
distance from the neutral axis.
A equal to
B directly proportional to
C inversely proportional to
D independent of
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of span L which supports a UDL of ‘w’ per unit length, the
maximum deflection is …
A 5WL3/348EI
B 5WL2/384EI
C 5WL3/384EI
D 5WL2/348EI
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question When a moving body hits a bar, ------- energy is stored in the bar in the form of ------
energy
A Kinetic, strain
B Strain, Kinetic
C Potential, Strain
D Not of these types
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a rigid beam deflection and slope is always
A Zero
B Infinite
C One
D Less than one
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Flexural rigidity of the beam is:
A E
B GI
C EI
D E/I
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Differential equation of bending of beam is of ----- order.
A Zeroth
B Fourth
C First
D Second
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L subjected to a concentrated load W at the center,
EI d2y/dx2 = ___________.
A (W/2)x | -W(x - (L/2))|
B Wx | -W(x - (L/2))|
C (W/2)x | -W(x - L)|
D (W/2)x | + W(x - (L/2))|
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length
over its entire length, EI d2y/dx2 = ____________________.
A (wx)/2 - (wx2 /2 )
B w/2 - (wx2 /2 )
C (wLx)/2 - (wL2 /2 )
D (wLx)/2 - (wx2 /2 )
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In Macaulay's method a single equation is written for the __________ for all portions of
the beam.
A slope
B Bending moment
C deflection
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The designing of a beam from deflection aspect is known as ________.
A Strength criterion
B Stiffness criterion
C Flexibility criterion
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The governing differential equation of the beam takes into account the effect of
________.
A Bending moment only
B Shear force only
C Both bending moment and shear force
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a point load W at its centre, the
deflection at the centre is _________.
A 11 W L4 / 120 EI
B W L3 / 30 EI
C W L3 / 24 EI
D W L4 / 48 EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
throughout its length, the slope at its ends is _________.
A w L3 / 8EI
B w L3 / 6EI
C w L3 / 24EI
D w L4 / 6EI
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
throughout its length, the deflection at its centre is _________.
A w L3 / 8EI
B w L4 / 8EI
C w L3 / 24EI
D 5 w L4 / 384EI
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam AB of length L if origin is taken at left end, deflection at the
center is _________.
A positive
B negative
C Depends on magnitude of load
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam AB of length L if origin is taken at right end, deflection at
the center is _________.
A positive
B negative
D None of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L if origin is taken at left end, deflection at the free
end is _________.
A negative
B positive
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L, if origin is taken at right end, deflection at the free
end is _________.
A Negative
B Positive
D None of above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam AB of length L carrying a UDL of intensity w per unit length for
full span, if origin is taken at left end, the slope at center of the beam is _________
A positive
B negative
C zero
D Can't say
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question In a watch, the spring is used to store strain energy. This energy is released
A to stop the watch
B to run the watch
C to change the time
D all of these
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question Two closely coiled helical springs 'A' and 'B' are equal in all respects but the number of
turns of spring 'A' is half that of spring 'B' The ratio of deflections in spring 'A' to spring
'B' is
A 1/8
B 1/4
C 1/2
D 2
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the depth is kept constant for a beam of uniform strength, then its width will vary in
proportional to (where M = Bending moment)
A M
B √M
C M²
D M³
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The rectangular beam 'A' has length l, width b and depth d. Another beam 'B' has the same
length and depth but width is double that of 'A'. The elastic strength of beam 'B' will be
__________ as compared to beam A.
A same
B double
C four times
D six times
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam 'A' of length l, breadth b and depth d carries a central load W.
Another beam 'B' of the same dimensions carries a central load equal to 2W. The
deflection of beam 'B' will be __________ as that of beam 'A'.
A one-fourth
B one-half
C double
D four times
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam of length L carrying a couple moment M0 at the centre, EI
d2y/dx2 = ____________________.
A M0
B (-M0)
C (-M0 / L) x | + M0(x - (L/2))2 |
D (M0 / L) x | - M0(x - (L/2))2 |
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa ) having a point load at its free end and a
rectangular cross section of b x d shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same
load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material and length but
rectangular cross-section of 2b x d, the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of 2b x 2d, the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 48
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material but twice the
length and rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the deflection at its free end will be
__________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a slope of 4˚ at
the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same
cross-sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the slope at it's free end will be ________˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a slope of 4˚ at
the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same
cross-sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m, the slope at it's free end will be
________˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its free end shows a slope
of 4˚ at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of
the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100 GPa), the slope at
the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load at its free end shows a
slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever
of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the slope at
the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load of 10 kN at its free end
shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end of
another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200
GPa), the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
shows a slope of 1˚ at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end of
another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions but double the length and of
steel (E = 200 GPa), the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its free end and a
rectangular cross-section of b x d shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same load is
applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material and length but
rectangular cross-section of 2b x d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross-section of 2b x 2d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
applied on the free end of another cantilever of the same material but twice the length and
rectangular cross-section of b x 2d, the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 600 mm in length has a rectangular cross
section of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its free
end. The deflection at its free end will be _______________ mm.
A 0.52
B 0.72
C 0
D 5.2
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 600 mm in length has a rectangular cross
section of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its free
end. The slope at its free end will be __________˚.
A 0.0018˚
B 0.0018 radian
C 0.72˚
D 0.72 radian
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A rod of length 2 m and square cross section 100 mm x 100 mm elongates by 0.01 mm
when subjected to an axial load W. If the same rod is used as a cantilever and subjected to
the same load at its free end, the deflection at the free end will be ________mm.
A 0.01
B 10
C 4
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a UDL of 10 kN / m acting throughout
its length shows a deflection of 1 mm at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilver of the same cross sectional dimensions but
double the length and of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 2
B 4
C 8
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length and
UDL is applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material and
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
UDL is applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material but twice
the length and rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the free end will
be________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length and a
rectangular cross section of b x d shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is
applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material and length but
rectangular cross section of 2b x d, the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d, the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
applied throughout the length on another cantilever of the same material but twice the
length and the rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the slope at its free end will be
_______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 6 mm in length has a rectangular cross section
of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its length. The
slope at its free end will be __________ .
A 0.00167˚
B 0.00167 radian
C 0.72˚
D 0.72 radian
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load of 10 kN at its
centre shows a deflection of 1 mm at the centre. If the load of 20 kN is applied at the
centre of another simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions, double
the length and of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its centre and a
rectangular cross section of b x d shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same
load is applied at the centre of another simply supported beam of the same material and
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x d,the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
length but rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d, the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
load is applied at the centre of another simply supported beam of the same material but
twice the length and rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection at the centre will be
_________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 4 m in length has a rectangular cross
section of width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a point load of 10 kN at its centre.
The deflection at its centre will be ________ mm.
A 1.33
B 13.33
C 0.13
D 133.33
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A rod of length 2 m and square cross section 100 mm x 100 mm elongates by 0.01 mm
when subjected to an axial load W. If the same rod is used as a simply supported beam
and subjected to the same load at its centre, the deflection at the centre will be
________mm.
A 0.01
B 10
C 1
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having UDL acting throughout its length
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied on another simply
supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100
GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having UDL acting throughout its
length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied on another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E
= 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having UDL of 10 kN / m acting
throughout its length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL of 20 kN
/ m is applied throughout the length on another simply supported beam of the same cross
sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre
will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having UDL of 10 kN / m acting
throughout its length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL of 20 kN
/ m is applied throughout the length on another simply supported beam of the same cross
sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre
will be _________ mm.
A 2
B 4
C 8
D 16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its
length and a rectangular cross section of b x d shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If
the same UDL is applied throughout the length on another simply supported beam of the
same material and length but rectangular cross section of 2b x d,the deflection at the
centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
same material and length but rectangular cross section of b x 2d,the deflection at the
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
same material and length but rectangular cross section of 2b x 2d,the deflection at the
A 0.25
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
same material but twice the length and rectangular cross section of b x 2d, the deflection
at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length L carries a load w uniformly distributed throughout its length. The
deflection at the free end is y1.Now the same cantilever carries the load W at its free end
and deflection at the free is y2. The ratio of y2/y1 is
A 3/8
B 3/4
C 4/3
D 8/3
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length , diameter D carries a load W at its middle which produces a
deflection y1 , at the free end. Another cantilever of same material, length L but diameter
2D carries a load W at its middle which produces a deflection y2 at the free end . The
ratio of y2/y1 will be
A 8
B 4
C 1/4
D 1/16
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of length l, simply supported at the ends carries a point load W at its center .if EI
is flexural rigidity of the beam, strain energy due to bending is
A W2l3/48EI
B W2l3/96EI
C W3l2/48EI
D W3l3/96EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of length l, simply supported at the ends carries a point load W at its center .if EI
is flexural rigidity of the beam, strain energy due to bending is
A W2l3/48EI
B W2l3/96EI
C W3l2/48EI
D W3l3/96EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The simply supported beam 'A' of length l carries a central point load W. Another beam 'B'
is loaded with a uniformly distributed load such that the total load on the beam is W. The
ratio of maximum deflections between beams A and B is
A 5/8
B 8/5
C 5/4
D 4/5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Two simply supported beams A and B carry same loads. Beam A carries a point load at
the centre and beam B carries UDL over the entire span. Ratio of maximum slopes of
beam A to beam B will be …
A 2:3
B 3:2
C 1:2
D 2:1
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a couple moment M0 at the free end, the deflection at the
free end is ________.
A M0 L2 / EI
B M0 L2 / 2EI
C 2M0 L2 / EI
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a cantilever beam carrying a couple moment M0 at the free end, the slope at the free
end is ________.
A M0 L / EI
B M0 L / 2EI
C 2M0 L / EI
D 0
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a simply supported beam AB of length L carrying a couple moment M0 at its centre,
the slope at the end points is ________.
A M0 / EI
B M0 L / 24 EI
C M0 L / EI
D M0 L2 / 24 EI
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the below figure, when the load W is applied in the centre of the beam, the maximum
deflection is
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The strain energy stored in a body, when the load is gradually applied, is (where σ = Stress in the material of the body,
V= Volume of the body, and E = Modulus of elasticity of the material)
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the length of a cantilever carrying an isolated load at its free end is doubled, the deflection of the free end will
increase by
A 8
B 1/8
C 1/3
D 2
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question If the width b and depth d of a beam simply supported with a central load are interchanged, the deflection at the centre
of the beam will be changed in the ratio of
A b/d
B d/b
C (d/b)2
D (b/d)2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
For the loading shown, determine the deflection at the free end.
A -Px(3L-x)/6EI
B Px2(3L-x)/6EI
C -Px(3L-x)/6EI
D -Px2(3L-x)/6EI
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question
For the prismatic beam and loading shown,

determine the slope at end A.
A PL2/6EI
B PL2/32EI
C PL2/16EI
D Not any of the above
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Magnitude of strain energy increase in following order
A Impact, sudden, gradual
B Sudden, gradual, impact
C Gradual, sudden, impact.
D Not any of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question The strain energy stored due to bending is given by_______
A U = Int. (M2.dx / 2EI)
B U = Int. (M2/2GI)
C U = Int. (M/2EJL)
D U = Int. (M/EI)
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The area under the curve as shown in Figure by arrow is called as:
A Modulus of elasticity
B Modulus of resistance
C Modulus of resilience
D Modulus of stress-strain
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
The strain energy stored in the loading shown is

A U = T2/2GJL
B U = T2/2EI
C U = T/2GJL
D U = T/EI
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question
Strain energy stored is:

A P12L3/6E
B P12L3/6EI
C PL/AE
D P12L/6EI
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the below figure, deflection at left support will be
A positeve
B Negative
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the below figure, if origin is taken at left end, slpoe at right
support will be
A positeve
B Negative
C Zero
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam havng point load at midspan of support , as shown in the figure, deflection at
midspan will be
A Positeve and maximum
B Negative and maximum

C Zero
D None of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the figure, deflection at support will be
A Positive
B Negetive
C Zero
D All of above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the figure, deflection at free end will be
A Positive
B Negetive
C Zero
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question For a beam, as shown in the figure, deflection at free end will be
A Positive and maximun
B Negetive and maximum

C Zero
D All of above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever of length 4 meter carries a uniformly distributed load w throughout its length.
If the maximum bending moment in the cantilever is 8 N-m and EI is its flexural rigidity,
the slope at free end of the cantilever is ....
A 64/3EI
B 32/3EI
C 8/3EI
D None of these
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The deflection at the free end is
observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the free end for a load of 20
kN will be __________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The deflection at the free end is
observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the free end for a load of 5 kN
will be __________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a deflection of 4
mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the
same cross-sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the deflection at its free end will be
__________.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a point load at its free end shows a deflection of 4
mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another cantilever of the
same cross-sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the deflection at its free end will be
__________.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa ) having a point load at its free end shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another
cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100 GPa),
the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load at its free end shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same load is applied on the free end of another
cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa ),
the deflection at its free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end
of another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E =
200 GPa ), the deflection at the free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
shows a deflection of 1 mm at the free end. If the load of 20 kN is applied on the free end
of another cantilever of the same cross-sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E =
200 GPa ), the deflection at the free end will be __________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a load of 10 kN. The slope at the free end for a load of 20 kN will be
_________˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a point load acting at its free end. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a load of 10 kN. The slope at the free end for a load of 5 kN will be
_________˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the free end
is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN/m. The deflection at the free end for a UDL
of 20 kN/m will be _______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the free end
is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN/m. The deflection at the free end for a UDL
of 5 kN/m will be _______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL throughout its length shows a deflection
of 1 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another cantilever of the same
cross sectional dimensions but of length 2 m throughout the length, the deflection at its
free end will be________mm.
A 2
B 4
C 16
D 32
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL throughout its length shows a deflection
of 4 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another cantilever of the same
cross sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m throughout the length, the deflection at its
free end will be________mm.
A 0.5
B 0.25
C 4
D 32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100 GPa),
the deflection at the free end will be________mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the same UDL is applied on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200 GPa),
the deflection at the free end will be________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
its length shows a deflection of 4 mm at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions and
length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the free end will be________mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The slope at the free end for a UDL of 20 kN /
m will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The slope at the free end is
observed to be 1˚ for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The slope at the free end for a UDL of 5 kN /
m will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL acting throughout its length shows a slope
of 1˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimension but of length 2 m, the slope at its free
end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of length 1 m having a UDL acting throughout its length shows a slope
of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on another
cantilever of the same cross sectional dimension but of length 0.5 m, the slope at its free
end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on
another cantilever of the same cross section dimensions and length but of copper (E = 100
GPa) , the slope at its free end will be _______˚.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a UDL acting throughout its length
shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the same UDL is applied throughout the length on
another cantilever of the same cross section dimensions and length but of steel (E = 200
GPa) , the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
its length shows a slope of 4˚ at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilever of the same cross section dimensions and
length but of steel (E = 200 GPa) , the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
its length shows a slope of 1˚ at the free end. If the UDL of 20 kN / m is applied
throughout the length on another cantilever of the same cross sectional dimensions,
double the length and of steel (E = 200 GPa) , the slope at the free end will be _______˚.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam of steel (E = 200 GPa), 1 m in length has a rectangular cross section of
width 60 mm x 100 mm depth is subjected to a UDL of 10 kN / m throughout its length.
The deflection at its free end will be __________ mm.
A 1.25
B 0.72
C 0
D 5.2
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a point load acting at its centre. The deflection at the centre
is observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the centre for a load of 20
kN will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a point load acting at its centre. The deflection at the centre
is observed to be 1 mm for a load of 10 kN. The deflection at the centre for a load of 5 kN
will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having a point load acting at its centre shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same load is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 2 m, the
deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having a point load acting at its centre shows a
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m, the
deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 32
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of steel (E = 200 GPa) having a point load at its centre shows a
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of copper
(E = 100 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 0.5
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load at its centre shows
a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same load is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and length but of steel (E
= 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of copper (E = 100 GPa) having a point load of 10 kN at its
centre shows a deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the load of 20 kN is applied at the
centre of another simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions and
length but of steel (E = 200 GPa), the deflection at the centre will be _________ mm.
A 1
B 2
C 4
D 8
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the
centre is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The deflection at the centre for a
UDL of 20 kN / m will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam has a UDL acting throughout its length. The deflection at the
centre is observed to be 1 mm for a UDL of 10 kN / m. The deflection at the centre for a
UDL of 5 kN / m will be ______mm.
A 1
B 2
C 0.5
D 4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having UDL acting throughout its length shows a
deflection of 1 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 2 m
throughout the length, the deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 2
B 4
C 16
D 32
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 1 m having UDL acting throughout its length shows a
deflection of 4 mm at the centre. If the same UDL is applied at the centre of another
simply supported beam of the same cross sectional dimensions but of length 0.5 m
throughout the length, the deflection at its centre will be ______mm.
A 0.5
B 0.25
C 4
D 32
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam simply supported at its ends over a span of 4 meters carries uniformly distributed
load of 1.5 kN/m run through out its length. If EI = 5000 kN-m2, the max. deflection in
the beam is.
A 1 mm
B 2 mm
C 2.5 mm
D None of these
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A round bar A of diameter D and length L is subjected to an axial stress f. Another round
bar B of the same material , diameter 2D and length 0.25L is also subjected to the same
axial stress f. the ratio of strain energy in bar A to the the strain energy in bar B is
A 4
B 2
C 1
D 0.25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 2 meters carries a concentrated load of 3 kN at its
center. If EI=500 kN-m2 for the beam the maximum deflection in the beam is
A 16 mm
B 5 mm
C 2 mm
D 1 mm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of 6 m carries a concentrated load W at its center such that
bending moment M. at the center of beam is 6 kN-m. If EI is the flexural rigidity of the
beam, then deflection at the center is
A 36/EI
B 27/EI
C 18/EI
D 9/EI
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of rectangular section breadth=b and depth d=2b carries a load
w at one third of its length producing deflection y under the load. Now the beam is turned
with depth=b and breadth=2b, the deflection under the load will be
A 6y
B 4y
C 2y
D 1/4y
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam of simply supported over 10 m carries a uniformly distributed load 1 kN/m
throughout its length. If EI is 5000 kN-m2 then the maximum deflection y is
A 26 mm
B 52 mm
C 2.6 mm
D 10 mm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of the maximum deflections of a beam simply supported at its ends with an
isolated central load and that of with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length, is
A 1
B
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A cantilever beam rectangular in cross-section is subjected to an isolated load at its free
end. If the width of the beam is doubled, the deflection of the free end will be changed in
the ratio of
A 8
B 1/8
C 1/2
D 2
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question If the width of a simply supported beam carrying an isolated load at its center is doubled,
the deflection of the beam at the center is changed by
A 2 times
B 4 times
C 8 times
D 1/2 times
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The ratio of the maximum deflection of a cantilever beam with an isolated load at its free
end and with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length, is
A 1
B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The deflection due to couple M at the free end of a cantilever length L is
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A uniform girder simply supported at its ends is subjected to a uniformly distributed load
over its entire length and is propped at the centre so as to neutralize the deflection. The
net B.M. at the centre will be
A WL
B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The deflection of any rectangular beam simply supported, is
A directly proportional to its weight
B inversely proportional to its width
C inversely proportional to the cube of its depth
D directly proportional to the cube of its length
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The energy stored in a beam of length L subjected to a constant B.M. is
A
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 4 m supports a UDL 2 kN/m over the entire span.
What will be the maximum slope assuming E = 200 GPa and I = 4 x 105 mm4
A 0.057 rad
B 0.067 rad
C 0.077 rad
D 0.087 rad
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of length 4 m supports a UDL 2 kN/m over the entire span.
What will be the maximum deflection assuming E = 200 GPa and I = 4 x 105 mm4
A 53.3 mm
B 63.3 mm
C 73.3 mm
D 83.3 mm
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A simply supported beam of span 5 m supports a point load of 30 kN at a distance of 3.75
m from the left support A. The deflection under the load will be …
A 1.7 mm
B 1.8 mm
C 1.9 mm
D 2.0 mm
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Maximum deflection in simply supported beam of length 1m carying a concentrated load
20 kN at midspan is (take EI = 25,000 kN m2 )
A 0.0166mm
B 1.666mm
C 0.00166mm
D 1.666m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Maximum deflection in simply supported beam of length 2 m carying a concentrated load
20 kN at midspan is (take EI = 25,000 kN m2 )
A 0.133 mm
B 1.333 mm
C 0.00133 mm
D 1.333 m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question A beam simply supported at ends over a span of 4 m, carries a udl of 15 kN/m throughout
its length. If EI = 25,000 kN m2, then the maximum deflection in beam is
A 2 mm
B 0.0002 m
C 0.02 mm
D 2m
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question The simply supported beam 'A' of length l carries a central point load W. Another beam 'B'
is loaded with a uniformly distributed load such that the total load on the beam is W. The
ratio of maximum deflections between beams A and B is
A 0.63
B 1.6
C 0.8
D 1.25
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit
Id
Question Which of the follwing is true
A Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is change in arc length of ealstic curve
for that section
B Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is strain developed in beam fiber at a

distance x from N.A.
C Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is angle between tangent to the elastic
curve at a distance x and original position of beam.
D Deflection of beam at any section at a distance x is vertial dispacement of elastic curve
from original positionat a distance x .
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit
Mechanics of Solids
MCQ question on Simple Stress and Strain

1. Stress is
(a)External force
(b)Internal resistive force
(c)Axial force
(d)Radial force
(Ans:b)
2. Following are the basic types of stress except
(a)Tensile stress
(b)Compressive stress
(c)Shear stress
(d)Volumetric stress
(Ans:d)
3. When tensile stress is applied axially on a circular rod its
(a)diameter decreases
(b)length increases
(c)volume decreases
(d)Which of the above are true?
Only (a)
Only (b)
(a)&(b)
All of the above
(Ans:c)
4. Which of the following is not a basic type of strain?

(a)Compressive strain
(b)Shear strain
(c)Area strain
(d)Volume strain
(Ans:c)
5. Tensile Strain is
(a)Increase in length / original length
(b)Decrease in length / original length
(c)Change in volume / original volume
(d)All of the above
(Ans:a)
6. Compressive Strain is
(a)Decrease in length / original length
(d)All of the above
(Ans:b)
7. Volumetric Strain is
(d)All of the above
(Ans:c)
8. Hooke’s law is applicable within

(a)Elastic limit
(b)Plastic limit
(c)Fracture point
(d) Ultimate strength
(Ans:a)
9. Young’s Modulus of elasticity is
(a)Tensile stress / Tensile strain
(b)Shear stress / Shear strain
(c)Tensile stress / Shear strain
(d)Shear stress / Tensile strain
(Ans:a)
10. Modulus of rigidity is
(a)Tensile stress / Tensile
strain (a)Shear stress / Shear
strain (a)Tensile stress / Shear
strain (a)Shear stress / Tensile
strain
(Ans:b)
30
11. Bulk modulus of elasticity is
a. Tensile stress / Tensile strain

b. Shear stress / Shear strain
c. Tensile stress / Shear strain
d. Normal stress on each face of cube / Volumetric strain
(Ans:d)
12. Factor of safety is
a. Tensile stress / Permissible stress

b. Compressive stress / Ultimate stress
c. Ultimate stress / Permissible stress
d. Ultimate stress / Shear stress
(Ans:c)
13. Poisson’s ratio is

a. Lateral strain / Longitudinal strain
b. Shear strain / Lateral strain
c. Longitudinal strain / Lateral strain
d. Lateral strain / Volumetric strain
(Ans:a)
14. A rod, 120cm long and of diameter 3.0 cm is subjected to an axial pull of 18 kN. The
stress in N/mm2is.
a. 22.57
b. 23.47
c. 24.57
d. 25.47
(Ans:d)
15. The total extension in a bar, consists of 3 bars of same material, of varying sections
is
a. P/E(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
b. P/E(L1A1+L2A2+L3A3)
c. PE(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
d. PE(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
Where P=Load applied, E=young’s modulus for the bar, L1,2,3=Length of corresponding bars,
A1,2,3=Area of corresponding bars
(Ans:a)
16. The relationship between Young’s modulus (E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson’s
ratio (µ) is given by
a. E=2K(1-2µ)
b. E=3K(1-2µ)
c. E=2K(1-2µ)
d. E=2K(1-3µ)
(Ans:b)
17. The relationship between Young’s modulus (E), Modulus of rigidity (C) and Bulk
modulus (K) is given by
a. E=9CK/(C+3K)
b. E=9CK/(2C+3K)
c. E=9CK/(3C+K)
d. E=9CK/(C-3K)
(Ans:a)
18. The total extension of a taper rod of length ‘L’ and end diameters ‘D1’ and ‘D2’,
subjected to a load (P), is given of
a. 4PL/ΠE. D1D2
b. 3PL/ΠE. D1D2
c. 2PL/ΠE. D1D2
d. PL/ΠE.D1D2
Where E=Young’s modulus of elasticity
(Ans:a)
19. A rod 3 m long is heated from 10°C to 90°C. Find the expansion of rod. Take Young’s
modulus = 1.0 x 10^5 MN/m2 and coefficient of thermal expansion = 0.000012 per degree
centigrade.
1. 0.168 cm
2. 0.208 cm
3. 0.288 cm
4. 0.348 cm
(Ans:c)
20. Elongation of a bar of uniform cross section of length ‘L’, due to its own weight ‘W’ is
given by
a. 2WL/E
b. WL/E
c. WL/2E
d. WL/3E
Where, E=Young’s modulus of elasticity of material
(Ans:c)
31. The deformation per unit length is called
(a) Strain
(b) Stress
(c) Elasticity
(d) None of these

(Ans: a)
32. The ability of the material to deform without breaking is called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Creep
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
33. Which of the following material is more elastic?
(a) Rubber
(b) Glass
(c) Steel
(d) Wood
(Ans:c)
34. The percentage elongation and the percentage reduction in area depends upon
(a) Tensile strength of the material
(b) Ductility of the material
(c) Toughness of the material
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
35. The property of a material by which it can be beaten or rolled into thin sheets, is
called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Ductility
(d) Malleability
(Ans:d)
39. The property of a material by which it can be drawn to a smaller section by applying
a tensile load is called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Ductility
(d) Malleability
(Ans:c)
40. If a material has identical properties in all directions, it is called

(a) Elastic
(b) Plastic
(c) Isotropic
(d) Homogeneous
(Ans:c)
41. The stress at which extension of a material takes place more quickly as compared to
increase in load, is called
(a) No elastic zone
(b) Plastic point
(c) Yield point
(d) Breaking point

(Ans:c)
42. A brittle material has
(a) No elastic zone
(b) No plastic zone
(c) Large plastic zone
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
43. Every material obeys the Hooke’s law within
(a) Elastic limit
(b) Plastic limit
(c) Limit of proportionality

(d) None of these
(Ans:c)
46. The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is called
(a) Modulus of Elasticity
(b) Modulus of Rigidity
(c) Bulk Modulus
(d) Poisson’s Ratio

(Ans:d)
48. A perfectly elastic body
(a) Can move freely
(b) Has perfectly smooth surface
(c) Is not deformed by any external surface
(d) Recovers its original size and shape when the deforming force is removed.
(Ans:d)
49. The value of Poison’s ratio depends upon
(a) Nature of load, tensile or compressive
(b) Magnitude of load
(c) Material of the test specimen
(d) Dimensions of the test specimen

(Ans:c)
50. When a section is subjected to two equal and opposite forces tangentially to the
section, the stress produced is known as
(a) Tensile stress
(b) Lateral stress
(c) Shear stress
(d) No stress
(Ans:c)
51. Which of the following is a dimensionless quantity?
(a) Shear stress
(b) Poison’s ratio
(c) Strain
(d) Both (b) and (c)

(Ans:d)
52. Percentage elongation during tensile test is indication of
(a) Ductility
(b) Malleability
(c) Creep
(d) Rigidity
(Ans:a)
53. Brittleness is opposite to
(a) Toughness
(b) Plasticity
(c) Malleability
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
54. The statement : stress is proportional to strain, i.e. the Hooke’s law holds good upto
(a) Elastic Limit
(b) Proportional Limit
(c) Plastic Limit
(d) Yield point

(Ans:b)
55. The limit beyond which the material does not behave elastically is known as
(a) Proportional limit
(b) Elastic limit
(c) Plastic limit
(d) Yield Point

(Ans:b)
56. When mild steel is subjected to a tensile load, its fracture will conform to
(a) Star shape
(b) Granular shape
(c) Cup and cone shape
(d) Fibrous shape

(Ans:c)
57. When a wire is stretched to double in length, the longitudinal strain produced in it is
(a) 0.5
(b) 1.0
(c) 1.5
(d) 2.0
(Ans:b)
58. The length of a wire is increased by 1 mm on the application of a certain load. In a

wire of the same material but of twice the length and half the radius, the same force will
produce an elongation of
(a) 0.5 mm
(b) 2 mm
(c) 4 mm
(d) 8 mm
(Ans:d)
63. When a bar is subjected to a change of temperature and its longitudinal deformation is
prevented, the stress induced in the bar is
(a) Tensile
(b) Compressive
(c) Shear
(d) Temperature
(Ans:d)
64. When a bar is subjected to increase in temperature and its deformation is prevented,
the stress induced in the bar is
(a) Tensile
(b) Compressive
(c) Shear
(d) None of the above

(Ans:b)
Total Questions - 131
Subject :Mechanics Of structure
ID
Questio The shear force at any section in a beam is .

n
A the net force to the left of the section perpendicular to the beam
B the net force to the right of the section perpendicular to the beam
C either A) or B)
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio While calculating the shear force, the upward forces to the left of the section
n are considered .
A Positive
B Negative
C Zero
D none of theabove
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio The bending moment produced by upward forces to the left of a section
n is .
A Upward
B Downward
C Sagging
D Hogging
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Sagging bending moment is considered .

n
A positive
B negative
C zero
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Hogging bending moment is considered .

n
A positive
B negative
C zero
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Slope of tangent to shear force diagram gives .

n
A bending moment
B couple moment
C support reactions
D rate of loading
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Slope of tangent to bending moment diagram gives .

n
A couple moment
B rate of loading
C shear force
D support reactions
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Area under load diagram gives .

n
A shear force
B change in shear force
C bending moment
D change in bending moment
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Slope of tangent to shear force diagram = .

n
A – (rate of loading)
B – (area under load curve)
C rate of loading
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Change in shear force = .

n
C rate of loading
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is an upward point load acting on the beam, there will be a downward
n step on .
A load diagram
B S.F.D
C B.M.D
D none of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a downward point load acting on the beam, there will be a downward
n step on .
A load diagram
B S.F.D
C B.M.D
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is an anticlockwise couple moment acting on the beam, there will be a
n downward step on .
A load diagram
B S.F.D
C B.M.D
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a point load acting on the beam, there will be on S.F.D.
n
A step
B horizontal straight line
C inclined straight line
D parabola
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is no load acting on the beam between two points, there will
n be on S.F.D.
A step
D parabola
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a uniformly varying load acting on the beam, there will be
n on S.F.D.
A step
D parabola
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is no load acting on the beam between two points, there will be
n on B.M.D.
A horizontal straight line
B inclined straight line
C parabola
D either A) or B)
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a uniformly distributed load acting on the beam, there will be
n on B.M.D.
C parabola
D third degree curve
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a uniformly varying load acting on the beam, there will
n be on B.M.D.
C parabola
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is parabola on S.F.D, there will be on B.M.D.

n
C parabola
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio The point of contraflexure is a point of zero .

n
A load
B shear force
C bending moment
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Shear force is at the end points of a beam.

n
A maximum
B minimum
C zero
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Bending moment is at the end points of a beam.

n
A maximum
B minimum
C zero
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Bending moment is at the point of contraflexure of a beam.

n
A maximum
B minimum
C zero
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is inclined straight line on S.F.D., there will be acting on

n the beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is parabola on S.F.D., there will be acting on the beam.

n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is vertical step on B.M.D., there will be acting on the

n beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a parabola on B.M.D., there will be acting on the beam.

n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a cubic curve on B.M.D., there will be acting on the

n beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio From S.F.D we cannot locate the position of acting on the beam.
n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio From B.M.D we cannot locate the position of acting on the beam.
n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio A simply supported beam AB of length L carries a point load P at the centre C.
n The shear force just to the left of C is .
A P
B P/2
C –P/2
D 0
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
n The S.F.D. between A and C is .
C parabola
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
n The B.M.D. between A and C is .
B inclined straight line with positive

slope
C inclined straight line with negative

slope
D parabola
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio A simply supported beam AB of length L carries uniformly distributed load of

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The S.F.D is .
A straight line with positive slope
B straight line with negative slope
C parabola with tangent rotating clockwise
D parabola with tangent rotating anticlockwise
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio A simply supported beam AB of length L carries uniformly varying load of

n intensity varying from 0 at A to w per unit run at B. The B.M.D. is
.
A parabola with tangent rotating clockwise
B parabola with tangent rotating anticlockwise
C third degree curve with tangent rotating clockwise
D third degree curve with tangent rotating anticlockwise
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio A simply supported beam AB of length L carries a clockwise couple moment M

n at its centre. The shear force just to the left of B is .
A –M/L
B M/L
C 0
D 2M/L
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n at its centre C. The bending moment just to the right of C is .
A –M/2
B M/2
C 0
D 2M
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio A simply supported beam AB of length Lcarries a clockwise couple moment M

n at its centre C. The bending moment at distance L/4 from A is .
A –M/2
B M/2
C –M/4
D M/4
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n at its centre C. The bending moment at distance 3L/4 from A is .
A –M/2
B M/2
C –M/4
D M/4
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. for a 4 m long beam is a parabola with + 20 kN m value at both its
n ends and zero at the centre. If there are no couple moments acting on the beam,
the B.M.D. will be .
A straight line with increasing slope
B straight line with increasing slope
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
there will be at the left end.
A upward force of 20 kN
B downward force of 20 kN
C no force
D upward force of 40 kN
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
there will be acting on the beam.
A upward forces of 20 kN at both ends
B downward force of 20 kN at both ends
C u.d.l of 10 kN/m throughout its length
D u.v.l varying from 20 kN/m downward at left end to 20 kN/m upward at right
end
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L carries a point load P at its free end B. The
n bending moment at distance L/4 to the right of A is .
A –3PL/4
B –PL/4
C –PL/2
D –PL
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L carries a uniformly distributed load of

n intensity w per metre run throughout its length. The shear force just to the right
of A is .
A 0
B wL
C Wl/2
D wL/4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L carries a uniformly varying load of intensity

n varying from zero at the fixed end A to w per metre run at the free end B. The
bending moment just to the right of A is .
A -wL2
B -wL2 /2
C -w L2 /3
D -wL2 /4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

B.M.D is between A and B.
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

n varying from w per metre run at the fixed end A to zero at the free end B. The
B.M.D. is between A and B.
a horizontal straight line
C parabola
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

S.F.D. is between A and B.
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L with fixed support at A carries a clockwise

n couple moment M at its centre C. The shear force is zero from .
A A to C
B C to B
C A to B
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

Answer B
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The B.M.D is .
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A 5 m long beam ABC is simply supported at its ends. The portion AB of length
n 4 m carries a u.d.l of 10 kN/m and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion
BC. The shear force diagram is from A to B.
A horizontal line
B inclined line with positive slope
C inclined line with negative slope
D parabola
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
n 4 m carries a u.d.l of 10 kN/m
and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion BC. The bending moment
diagram is from A to B.
C inclined line with positive slope
D inclined line with negative slope
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
BC. The bending moment diagram is from B to C.
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

n intensity varying from 0 at A to w per unit run at B. The S.F.D. is .
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

.
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio Which of the following beams have a point of contraflexure ?

n
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The shear force just to the right of
A is .
A WL/2
B 0
C WL/4
D -WL/2
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The shear force just to the left of B
is .
A WL/2
B 0
C WL/4
D -WL/2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
A horizontal line
D parabola
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

n at its centre. The shear force just to the right of A is .
A –M/L
B M/L
C 0
D 2M/L
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio The B.M.D. of a simply supported beam is shown in Fig. The point load at B is
n .
A 15kN upward
B 15kN downward
C 30kN upward
D 30kN downward
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., there is on bending moment diagram
n at point D.
A upward step of 15 kN m
B downward step of 15 kN m
C horizontal line
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at a distance of 4 m from A is
n kNm.
A 22.22
B 15.28
C 9.72
D 23.09
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force is zero at a distance of
n m from A.
A 3
B 4
C 3.464
D 5
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio A beam AB of length 5 m is simply supported at its ends and carries a point load
n of 100 kN at a distance of 2 m from A. The shear force at a distance of 4 m from
A is kN.
A 60
B -60
C 40
D -40
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n of 100 kN at a distance of 2 m from A. The shear force at the centre of the beam
is kN.
A 0
B 60
C 40
D -40
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The value of shear force just to the right of A is kN.
A 16
B 24
C -16
D 10
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion BC. The value of shear force
just to the left of B is kN.
A 16
B 24
C -16
D 10
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion BC. The shear force is zero at
a distance of m from A.
A 1.6
B 2.4
C 4
D 2.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The value of bending moment at B is kN m.
A 16
B 24
C 28.8
D 10
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The value of bending moment just to the right of A is kN m.
A 16
B 24
C 28.8
D 10
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The bending moment is maximum at a distance of m from A.
A 1.6
B 2.4
C 4
D 2.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. of a beam is as shown in Fig. There will be at the left
n end on the beam.
A 10 kN force
B 10kN_ force
C couple moment of 10 kNm anticlockwise
D couple moment of 10 kNm clockwise
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. of a beam is as shown in Fig. There will be at 6 m

n from the left end on the beam.
A 7kN force
B 7kN_ force
C 5.5 kN force
D 5.5 kN_ force
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. of a beam is as shown in Fig. There will be for the
n first 6 m from the left end of the beam.
A 0.75 kN/m u.d.l
B 0.75 kN/m_ u.d.l
C 2.583 kN/m u.d.l
D 2.583 kN/m_ u.d.l
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The B.M.D. of a simply supported beam is shown in Fig. The shear force
n between A and C is .
A 15 kN constant
B – 15 kN constant
C varies linearly from 0 to 15 kN
D varies linearly from 0 to – 15 kN
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n between C and B is .
A 15 kN constant
C varies linearly from 15 kN to 15 kN
D varies linearly from 15 kN to – 30 kN
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The B.M.D of a simply supported beam is shown in Fig. The shear force is zero
n at a distance of m to the right of C.
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The B.M.D of a simply supported beam is shown in Fig. The point load at A is
n .
A 15kN upward
B 15kN downward
C 30kN upward
D 30kN downward
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n .
A 15kN upward
B 15kN downward
C 30kN upward
D 30kN downward
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio A 5 m long beam ABC has a hinge at A and a roller at B which is at 4 m to the
n right of A. There is a 20 kN point load at the right end C. The shear force just to
the right of A is kN.
A 5
B -5
C 20
D -20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
the left of B is kN.
A 5
B -5
C 20
D -20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n right of A. There is a 20 kN point load at the right end C. The bending moment
at B is kN m.
A 5
B -5
C 20
D -20
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig. the shear force at a distance of 2 m to the right of A
n is kN.
A 39
B 19
C 29
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force at C is kN.
n
A 39
B 11
C -11
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of D is
n kN.
A 39
B 11
C -11
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of A is
n kN.
A 3
B 2.5
C 7.5
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of B is
n kN.
A 3
B 2.5
C 7.5
D 4.5
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of D is
n kN.
A 3
B 2.5
C 7.5
D 4.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment just to the right of A
n is kN m.
A -22.5
B 22.5
C -15
D -8.25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at B is kN m.

n
A -22.5
B 22.5
C -15
D -8.25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at C is kNm.
n
A -22.5
B 22.5
C -15
D -8.25
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -20
B 21.67
C 10
D 0
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of B is
n kN.
A -20
B 21.67
C 10
D 0
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio
n For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of B is
kN.
A -20
B 21.67
C 10
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the number of points of contraflexure
n is .
A 0
B 1
C 2
D 3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the B.M.D between A and B is .
n
A inclined straight line
B parabola with tangent rotating clockwise
C parabola with tangent rotating anticlockwise
D cubic curve
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the point of contraflexure between B and C is at a
n distance of m from A.
A 0.923
B 1.923
C 2.923
D 3.923
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the point of contraflexure between C and D is at a
A 2.923
B 5.24
C 4.24
D 3.24
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of A is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 2.6
C -3.4
D -6.4
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of D is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 2.6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of D is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 2.6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of E is
n kN.
A 10.6
B 2.6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A 10.6
B 6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of B is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at D is kN m.

n
A 26.4
B 19.6
C –6
D 0
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at E is kN m.

n
A 26.4
B 19.6
C –6
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID

n
A 26.4
B 19.6
C –6
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A – 10
B 25
C 0
D –25
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of A is
n kN.
A -10
B 25
C 0
D -25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -10
B 25
C 0
D -25
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -10
B 25
C 10
D -25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force at the centre of the beam
n is kN.
A -10
B 25
C 0
D -25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at the centre of the beam is
n kN m
A -10
B 52.5
C 0
D -25
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at A is kNm.
n
A -10
B 52.5
C 0
D -25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID

n
A -10
B 52.5
C 0
D -25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the number of points of contraflexure is
n .
A 0
B 1
C 2
D 3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force is maximum at .
n
A A
B B
C C
D A and B
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force is minimum at .
n
A A
B B
C C
D A and B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., S.F.D is a horizontal straight line in the region
n
a AB
b BC
c AC
d none of the above
A AB
B BC
C AC
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., S.F.D is an inclined straight line in the region
n .
A AB
B BC
C AC
D None of the above
Answer b
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the point of contraflexure is at a distance of
n m from A.
A 3
B 4
C 5
D 7
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n m from A.
A 5
B 2.5
C 5.75
D 7.5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A 10
B 20
C 25
D 30
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the maximum bending moment is
n kNm.
A 22.5
B 17.78
C 9.72
D 23.09
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment is maximum at a distance of
n m from A.
A 3
B 4
C 3.464
D 5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force at a distance of 5 m from A is
n kN.
A -3.33
B -10.83
C 6.67
D 9.17
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
Mechanics of Solids
MCQ question on Simple Stress and Strain

1. Stress is
(a)External force
(b)Internal resistive force
(c)Axial force
(d)Radial force
(Ans:b)
2. Following are the basic types of stress except
(a)Tensile stress
(b)Compressive stress
(c)Shear stress
(d)Volumetric stress
(Ans:d)
3. When tensile stress is applied axially on a circular rod its
(a)diameter decreases
(b)length increases
(c)volume decreases
(d)Which of the above are true?
Only (a)
Only (b)
(a)&(b)
All of the above
(Ans:c)
4. Which of the following is not a basic type of strain?

(a)Compressive strain
(b)Shear strain
(c)Area strain
(d)Volume strain
(Ans:c)
5. Tensile Strain is
(d)All of the above
(Ans:a)
6. Compressive Strain is
(a)Decrease in length / original length
(d)All of the above
(Ans:b)
7. Volumetric Strain is
(d)All of the above
(Ans:c)
8. Hooke’s law is applicable within

(a)Elastic limit
(b)Plastic limit
(c)Fracture point
(d) Ultimate strength
(Ans:a)
9. Young’s Modulus of elasticity is
(a)Tensile stress / Tensile strain
(b)Shear stress / Shear strain
(c)Tensile stress / Shear strain
(d)Shear stress / Tensile strain
(Ans:a)
10. Modulus of rigidity is
(a)Tensile stress / Tensile
strain (a)Shear stress / Shear
strain (a)Tensile stress / Shear
strain (a)Shear stress / Tensile
strain
(Ans:b)
30
11. Bulk modulus of elasticity is
a. Tensile stress / Tensile strain

b. Shear stress / Shear strain
c. Tensile stress / Shear strain
d. Normal stress on each face of cube / Volumetric strain
(Ans:d)
12. Factor of safety is
a. Tensile stress / Permissible stress

b. Compressive stress / Ultimate stress
c. Ultimate stress / Permissible stress
d. Ultimate stress / Shear stress
(Ans:c)
13. Poisson’s ratio is

a. Lateral strain / Longitudinal strain
b. Shear strain / Lateral strain
c. Longitudinal strain / Lateral strain
d. Lateral strain / Volumetric strain
(Ans:a)
14. A rod, 120cm long and of diameter 3.0 cm is subjected to an axial pull of 18 kN. The
stress in N/mm2is.
a. 22.57
b. 23.47
c. 24.57
d. 25.47
(Ans:d)
15. The total extension in a bar, consists of 3 bars of same material, of varying sections
is
a. P/E(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
b. P/E(L1A1+L2A2+L3A3)
c. PE(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
d. PE(L1/A1+L2/A2+L3/A3)
Where P=Load applied, E=young’s modulus for the bar, L1,2,3=Length of corresponding bars,
A1,2,3=Area of corresponding bars
(Ans:a)
16. The relationship between Young’s modulus (E), Bulk modulus (K) and Poisson’s
ratio (µ) is given by
a. E=2K(1-2µ)
b. E=3K(1-2µ)
c. E=2K(1-2µ)
d. E=2K(1-3µ)
(Ans:b)
17. The relationship between Young’s modulus (E), Modulus of rigidity (C) and Bulk
modulus (K) is given by
a. E=9CK/(C+3K)
b. E=9CK/(2C+3K)
c. E=9CK/(3C+K)
d. E=9CK/(C-3K)
(Ans:a)
18. The total extension of a taper rod of length ‘L’ and end diameters ‘D1’ and ‘D2’,
subjected to a load (P), is given of
a. 4PL/ΠE. D1D2
b. 3PL/ΠE. D1D2
c. 2PL/ΠE. D1D2
d. PL/ΠE.D1D2
Where E=Young’s modulus of elasticity
(Ans:a)
19. A rod 3 m long is heated from 10°C to 90°C. Find the expansion of rod. Take Young’s
modulus = 1.0 x 10^5 MN/m2 and coefficient of thermal expansion = 0.000012 per degree
centigrade.
1. 0.168 cm
2. 0.208 cm
3. 0.288 cm
4. 0.348 cm
(Ans:c)
20. Elongation of a bar of uniform cross section of length ‘L’, due to its own weight ‘W’ is
given by
a. 2WL/E
b. WL/E
c. WL/2E
d. WL/3E
Where, E=Young’s modulus of elasticity of material
(Ans:c)
31. The deformation per unit length is called
(a) Strain
(b) Stress
(c) Elasticity
(d) None of these

(Ans: a)
32. The ability of the material to deform without breaking is called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Creep
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
33. Which of the following material is more elastic?
(a) Rubber
(b) Glass
(c) Steel
(d) Wood
(Ans:c)
34. The percentage elongation and the percentage reduction in area depends upon
(a) Tensile strength of the material
(b) Ductility of the material
(c) Toughness of the material
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
35. The property of a material by which it can be beaten or rolled into thin sheets, is
called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Ductility
(d) Malleability
(Ans:d)
39. The property of a material by which it can be drawn to a smaller section by applying
a tensile load is called
(a) Elasticity
(b) Plasticity
(c) Ductility
(d) Malleability
(Ans:c)
40. If a material has identical properties in all directions, it is called

(a) Elastic
(b) Plastic
(c) Isotropic
(d) Homogeneous
(Ans:c)
41. The stress at which extension of a material takes place more quickly as compared to
increase in load, is called
(a) No elastic zone
(b) Plastic point
(c) Yield point
(d) Breaking point

(Ans:c)
42. A brittle material has
(a) No elastic zone
(b) No plastic zone
(c) Large plastic zone
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
43. Every material obeys the Hooke’s law within
(a) Elastic limit
(b) Plastic limit
(c) Limit of proportionality

(d) None of these
(Ans:c)
46. The ratio of lateral strain to linear strain is called
(a) Modulus of Elasticity
(b) Modulus of Rigidity
(c) Bulk Modulus
(d) Poisson’s Ratio

(Ans:d)
48. A perfectly elastic body
(a) Can move freely
(b) Has perfectly smooth surface
(c) Is not deformed by any external surface
(d) Recovers its original size and shape when the deforming force is removed.
(Ans:d)
49. The value of Poison’s ratio depends upon
(a) Nature of load, tensile or compressive
(b) Magnitude of load
(c) Material of the test specimen
(d) Dimensions of the test specimen

(Ans:c)
50. When a section is subjected to two equal and opposite forces tangentially to the
section, the stress produced is known as
(a) Tensile stress
(b) Lateral stress
(c) Shear stress
(d) No stress
(Ans:c)
51. Which of the following is a dimensionless quantity?
(a) Shear stress
(b) Poison’s ratio
(c) Strain
(d) Both (b) and (c)

(Ans:d)
52. Percentage elongation during tensile test is indication of
(a) Ductility
(b) Malleability
(c) Creep
(d) Rigidity
(Ans:a)
53. Brittleness is opposite to
(a) Toughness
(b) Plasticity
(c) Malleability
(d) None of these

(Ans:b)
54. The statement : stress is proportional to strain, i.e. the Hooke’s law holds good upto
(a) Elastic Limit
(b) Proportional Limit
(c) Plastic Limit
(d) Yield point

(Ans:b)
55. The limit beyond which the material does not behave elastically is known as
(a) Proportional limit
(b) Elastic limit
(c) Plastic limit
(d) Yield Point

(Ans:b)
56. When mild steel is subjected to a tensile load, its fracture will conform to
(a) Star shape
(b) Granular shape
(c) Cup and cone shape
(d) Fibrous shape

(Ans:c)
57. When a wire is stretched to double in length, the longitudinal strain produced in it is
(a) 0.5
(b) 1.0
(c) 1.5
(d) 2.0
(Ans:b)
58. The length of a wire is increased by 1 mm on the application of a certain load. In a

wire of the same material but of twice the length and half the radius, the same force will
produce an elongation of
(a) 0.5 mm
(b) 2 mm
(c) 4 mm
(d) 8 mm
(Ans:d)
63. When a bar is subjected to a change of temperature and its longitudinal deformation is
prevented, the stress induced in the bar is
(a) Tensile
(b) Compressive
(c) Shear
(d) Temperature
(Ans:d)
64. When a bar is subjected to increase in temperature and its deformation is prevented,
the stress induced in the bar is
(a) Tensile
(b) Compressive
(c) Shear
(d) None of the above

(Ans:b)
Total Questions - 131
Subject :Mechanics Of structure
ID
Questio The shear force at any section in a beam is .

n
A the net force to the left of the section perpendicular to the beam
B the net force to the right of the section perpendicular to the beam
C either A) or B)
D None of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio While calculating the shear force, the upward forces to the left of the section
n are considered .
A Positive
B Negative
C Zero
D none of theabove
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio The bending moment produced by upward forces to the left of a section
n is .
A Upward
B Downward
C Sagging
D Hogging
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Sagging bending moment is considered .

n
A positive
B negative
C zero
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Hogging bending moment is considered .

n
A positive
B negative
C zero
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Slope of tangent to shear force diagram gives .

n
A bending moment
B couple moment
C support reactions
D rate of loading
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Slope of tangent to bending moment diagram gives .

n
A couple moment
B rate of loading
C shear force
D support reactions
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Area under load diagram gives .

n
A shear force
B change in shear force
C bending moment
D change in bending moment
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Slope of tangent to shear force diagram = .

n
C rate of loading
D none of the above
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Change in shear force = .

n
C rate of loading
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is an upward point load acting on the beam, there will be a downward
n step on .
A load diagram
B S.F.D
C B.M.D
D none of the above
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a downward point load acting on the beam, there will be a downward
n step on .
A load diagram
B S.F.D
C B.M.D
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is an anticlockwise couple moment acting on the beam, there will be a
n downward step on .
A load diagram
B S.F.D
C B.M.D
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a point load acting on the beam, there will be on S.F.D.
n
A step
D parabola
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is no load acting on the beam between two points, there will
n be on S.F.D.
A step
D parabola
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a uniformly varying load acting on the beam, there will be
n on S.F.D.
A step
D parabola
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is no load acting on the beam between two points, there will be
n on B.M.D.
C parabola
D either A) or B)
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a uniformly distributed load acting on the beam, there will be
n on B.M.D.
C parabola
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a uniformly varying load acting on the beam, there will
n be on B.M.D.
C parabola
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is parabola on S.F.D, there will be on B.M.D.

n
C parabola
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio The point of contraflexure is a point of zero .

n
A load
B shear force
C bending moment
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Shear force is at the end points of a beam.

n
A maximum
B minimum
C zero
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Bending moment is at the end points of a beam.

n
A maximum
B minimum
C zero
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio Bending moment is at the point of contraflexure of a beam.

n
A maximum
B minimum
C zero
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is inclined straight line on S.F.D., there will be acting on

n the beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is parabola on S.F.D., there will be acting on the beam.

n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is vertical step on B.M.D., there will be acting on the

n beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio If there is a parabola on B.M.D., there will be acting on the beam.

n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio From S.F.D we cannot locate the position of acting on the beam.
n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio From B.M.D we cannot locate the position of acting on the beam.
n
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
n The shear force just to the left of C is .
A P
B P/2
C –P/2
D 0
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
n The S.F.D. between A and C is .
C parabola
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
n The B.M.D. between A and C is .
B inclined straight line with positive

slope
C inclined straight line with negative

slope
D parabola
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

.
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n at its centre. The shear force just to the left of B is .
A –M/L
B M/L
C 0
D 2M/L
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n at its centre C. The bending moment just to the right of C is .
A –M/2
B M/2
C 0
D 2M
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID
Questio A simply supported beam AB of length Lcarries a clockwise couple moment M

n at its centre C. The bending moment at distance L/4 from A is .
A –M/2
B M/2
C –M/4
D M/4
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n at its centre C. The bending moment at distance 3L/4 from A is .
A –M/2
B M/2
C –M/4
D M/4
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit A2
ID

n beam.
A point load
B u.d.l
C u.v.l
D couple moment
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
the B.M.D. will be .
A straight line with increasing slope
B straight line with increasing slope
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
there will be at the left end.
A upward force of 20 kN
B downward force of 20 kN
C no force
D upward force of 40 kN
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
there will be acting on the beam.
A upward forces of 20 kN at both ends
B downward force of 20 kN at both ends
C u.d.l of 10 kN/m throughout its length
D u.v.l varying from 20 kN/m downward at left end to 20 kN/m upward at right
end
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L carries a point load P at its free end B. The
n bending moment at distance L/4 to the right of A is .
A –3PL/4
B –PL/4
C –PL/2
D –PL
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L carries a uniformly distributed load of

n intensity w per metre run throughout its length. The shear force just to the right
of A is .
A 0
B wL
C Wl/2
D wL/4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

bending moment just to the right of A is .
A -wL2
B -wL2 /2
C -w L2 /3
D -wL2 /4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

B.M.D is between A and B.
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

B.M.D. is between A and B.
a horizontal straight line
C parabola
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

S.F.D. is between A and B.
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio A cantilever beam AB of length L with fixed support at A carries a clockwise

n couple moment M at its centre C. The shear force is zero from .
A A to C
B C to B
C A to B
D none of the above
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

Answer B
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The B.M.D is .
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
A horizontal line
D parabola
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion BC. The bending moment
diagram is from A to B.
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
BC. The bending moment diagram is from B to C.
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

Answer A
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID

.
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit B2
ID
Questio Which of the following beams have a point of contraflexure ?

n
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The shear force just to the right of
A is .
A WL/2
B 0
C WL/4
D -WL/2
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

n intensity w per unit run throughout its length. The shear force just to the left of B
is .
A WL/2
B 0
C WL/4
D -WL/2
Answer D
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
A horizontal line
D parabola
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID

n at its centre. The shear force just to the right of A is .
A –M/L
B M/L
C 0
D 2M/L
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
n .
A 15kN upward
B 15kN downward
C 30kN upward
D 30kN downward
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., there is on bending moment diagram
n at point D.
A upward step of 15 kN m
B downward step of 15 kN m
C horizontal line
D none of the above
Answer B
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at a distance of 4 m from A is
n kNm.
A 22.22
B 15.28
C 9.72
D 23.09
Answer A
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
n m from A.
A 3
B 4
C 3.464
D 5
Answer C
Marks 1
Unit C2
ID
n of 100 kN at a distance of 2 m from A. The shear force at a distance of 4 m from
A is kN.
A 60
B -60
C 40
D -40
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n of 100 kN at a distance of 2 m from A. The shear force at the centre of the beam
is kN.
A 0
B 60
C 40
D -40
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The value of shear force just to the right of A is kN.
A 16
B 24
C -16
D 10
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion BC. The value of shear force
just to the left of B is kN.
A 16
B 24
C -16
D 10
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
and there is no load for the remaining 1 m portion BC. The shear force is zero at
a distance of m from A.
A 1.6
B 2.4
C 4
D 2.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The value of bending moment at B is kN m.
A 16
B 24
C 28.8
D 10
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The value of bending moment just to the right of A is kN m.
A 16
B 24
C 28.8
D 10
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
BC. The bending moment is maximum at a distance of m from A.
A 1.6
B 2.4
C 4
D 2.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. of a beam is as shown in Fig. There will be at the left
n end on the beam.
A 10 kN force
B 10kN_ force
C couple moment of 10 kNm anticlockwise
D couple moment of 10 kNm clockwise
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. of a beam is as shown in Fig. There will be at 6 m

n from the left end on the beam.
A 7kN force
B 7kN_ force
C 5.5 kN force
D 5.5 kN_ force
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The S.F.D. of a beam is as shown in Fig. There will be for the
n first 6 m from the left end of the beam.
A 0.75 kN/m u.d.l
B 0.75 kN/m_ u.d.l
C 2.583 kN/m u.d.l
D 2.583 kN/m_ u.d.l
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n between A and C is .
A 15 kN constant
C varies linearly from 0 to 15 kN
D varies linearly from 0 to – 15 kN
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n between C and B is .
A 15 kN constant
C varies linearly from 15 kN to 15 kN
D varies linearly from 15 kN to – 30 kN
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The B.M.D of a simply supported beam is shown in Fig. The shear force is zero
n at a distance of m to the right of C.
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio The B.M.D of a simply supported beam is shown in Fig. The point load at A is
n .
A 15kN upward
B 15kN downward
C 30kN upward
D 30kN downward
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n .
A 15kN upward
B 15kN downward
C 30kN upward
D 30kN downward
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
the right of A is kN.
A 5
B -5
C 20
D -20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
the left of B is kN.
A 5
B -5
C 20
D -20
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n right of A. There is a 20 kN point load at the right end C. The bending moment
at B is kN m.
A 5
B -5
C 20
D -20
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig. the shear force at a distance of 2 m to the right of A
n is kN.
A 39
B 19
C 29
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force at C is kN.
n
A 39
B 11
C -11
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of D is
n kN.
A 39
B 11
C -11
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A 3
B 2.5
C 7.5
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A 3
B 2.5
C 7.5
D 4.5
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of D is
n kN.
A 3
B 2.5
C 7.5
D 4.5
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment just to the right of A
n is kN m.
A -22.5
B 22.5
C -15
D -8.25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID

n
A -22.5
B 22.5
C -15
D -8.25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at C is kNm.
n
A -22.5
B 22.5
C -15
D -8.25
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -20
B 21.67
C 10
D 0
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -20
B 21.67
C 10
D 0
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio
n For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of B is
kN.
A -20
B 21.67
C 10
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the number of points of contraflexure
n is .
A 0
B 1
C 2
D 3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the B.M.D between A and B is .
n
A inclined straight line
B parabola with tangent rotating clockwise
C parabola with tangent rotating anticlockwise
D cubic curve
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the point of contraflexure between B and C is at a
A 0.923
B 1.923
C 2.923
D 3.923
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the point of contraflexure between C and D is at a
A 2.923
B 5.24
C 4.24
D 3.24
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of A is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 2.6
C -3.4
D -6.4
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of D is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 2.6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of D is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 2.6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of E is
n kN.
A 10.6
B 2.6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A 10.6
B 6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the right of B is kN.
n
A 10.6
B 6
C – 3.4
D – 6.4
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at D is kN m.

n
A 26.4
B 19.6
C –6
D 0
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at E is kN m.

n
A 26.4
B 19.6
C –6
D 0
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID

n
A 26.4
B 19.6
C –6
D 0
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A – 10
B 25
C 0
D –25
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force just to the left of A is
n kN.
A -10
B 25
C 0
D -25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -10
B 25
C 0
D -25
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A -10
B 25
C 10
D -25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force at the centre of the beam
n is kN.
A -10
B 25
C 0
D -25
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at the centre of the beam is
n kN m
A -10
B 52.5
C 0
D -25
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment at A is kNm.
n
A -10
B 52.5
C 0
D -25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID

n
A -10
B 52.5
C 0
D -25
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the number of points of contraflexure is
n .
A 0
B 1
C 2
D 3
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force is maximum at .
n
A A
B B
C C
D A and B
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force is minimum at .
n
A A
B B
C C
D A and B
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., S.F.D is a horizontal straight line in the region
n
a AB
b BC
c AC
d none of the above
A AB
B BC
C AC
D None of the above
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., S.F.D is an inclined straight line in the region
n .
A AB
B BC
C AC
D None of the above
Answer b
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the point of contraflexure is at a distance of
n m from A.
A 3
B 4
C 5
D 7
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n m from A.
A 5
B 2.5
C 5.75
D 7.5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
n kN.
A 10
B 20
C 25
D 30
Answer A
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the maximum bending moment is
n kNm.
A 22.5
B 17.78
C 9.72
D 23.09
Answer D
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the bending moment is maximum at a distance of
n m from A.
A 3
B 4
C 3.464
D 5
Answer C
Marks 2
Unit D2
ID
Questio For the beam shown in Fig., the shear force at a distance of 5 m from A is
n kN.
A -3.33
B -10.83
C 6.67
D 9.17
Answer B
Marks 2
Unit D2
Bending and shearing stresses
1. Moment of inertia acting on a semi-circle about symmetrical axes is given as
a. 1.57 r4
b. 0.055 r4
c. 0.392 r4
d. 0.11 r4
Answer: c
2. What is the moment of inertia acting on a rectangle of width 15 mm and depth 40 mm

about base by using theorem of parallel axes?
a. 320 x 103 mm4
b. 300 x 103 mm4
c. 240 x 103 mm4
d. 80 x 103 mm4
Answer: a
3. What is the S.I. unit of sectional modulus?
a. mm4
b. mm3
c. mm2
d. m
Answer: b
4. What is the moment of inertia acting on a circle of diameter 50 mm?

a. 122.71 x 103 mm4
b. 306.79 x 103 mm4
c. 567.23 x 103 mm4
d. 800 x 103 mm4
Answer: b
5. Which of the following relations is used to represent theorem of perpendicular axes?

(H = Vertical axis, I = Moment of inertia and K = Radius of gyration)
a. IPQ = Ixx + AH2
b. IPQ = Ixx + Ak2
c. Izz = Ixx + Iyy
d. Izz + Ixx + Iyy = 0
Answer: c
6. What is the moment of inertia acting on a semicircle of radius 20 mm about the

asymmetrical axes?
a. 125.663 x 103 mm4
b. 17600 mm4
c. 1500 mm4
d. 8800 mm4
Answer: b
7. What is the product of sectional modulus and allowable bending stress called as?
a. Moment of inertia
b. Moment of rigidity
c. Moment of resistance
d. Radius of gyration
Answer: c
8. A uniformly distributed load of 20 kN/m acts on a simply supported beam of rectangular

cross section of width 20 mm and depth 60 mm. What is the maximum bending stress
acting on the beam of 5m?
a. 5030 Mpa
b. 5208 Mpa
c. 6600 Mpa
d. Insufficient data
Answer: b
9. The bending formula is given as
a. (M/E) = (σ/y) = (R/I)
b. (M/y) = (σ/I) = (E/R)
c. (M/I) = (σ/y) = (E/R)
d. none of the above
Answer: c
10. Which of the following laminas have same moment of inertia (Ixx = Iyy), when passed
through the centroid along x-x and y-y axes?
a. Circle
b. Semi-circle
c. Right angle triangle
d. Isosceles triangle
Answer: a
11. What is the average shear stress acting on a rectangular beam, if 50 N/mm2 is
the maximum shear stress acting on it?
a. 31.5 N/mm2
b. 33.33 N/mm2
c. 37.5 N/mm2
d. 42.5 N/mm2
Answer: b
12. The ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress is 4/3 in
a. circular cross-section
b. rectangular cross-section
c. square cross-section
d. all of the above
Answer: a
13. What is the shear stress acting along the neutral axis of triangular beam section, with
base 60 mm and height 150 mm, when shear force of 30 kN acts?
a. 15.36 N/mm2
b. 10.6 N/mm2
c. 8.88 N/mm2
d. Insufficient data
Answer: c
14. A circular pipe is subjected to maximum shear force of 60 kN. What is the diameter of
the pipe if maximum allowable shear stress is 5 Mpa?
a. 27.311 mm
b. 75.56 mm
c. 142.72 mm
d. 692.10 mm
Answer: c
15. A square object of 4 mm is subjected to a force of 3000 N. What is the maximum
allowable shear stress acting on it?
a. 250.14 mm2
b. 281.25 mm2
c. 400.32 mm2
d. 500 mm2
Answer: b
16. The average shear stress in a beam of circular section is times the maximum
shear stress.
a. 0.75
b. 1.5
c. 4/3
d. equal
Answer: a
17. What is the shear stress acting along the neutral axis, over a triangular section?
a. 2.66 (S/bh)
b. 1.5 (S/bh)
c. 0.375 (S/bh)
d. None of the above
Answer: a
18. Maximum shear stress in a triangular section ABC of height H and base B occurs at
a. H
b. H/2
c. H/3
d. neutral axis
Answer: b
19. The shear stress acting on the neutral axis of a beam is

a. maximum
b. minimum
c. zero
Answer: a
20. Which of the machine component is designed under bending stress?

a. Shaft
b. Arm of a lever
c. Key
d. Belts and ropes
Answer: b
21. For bending equation to be valid, radius of curvature of the beam after bending should
be
a. Equal to its transverse dimensions
b. Infinity
c. Very large compared to its transverse dimensions
d. Double its transverse dimensions
Answer: c
22. Neutral axis of a beam always coincides with

a. Axis passing through bottom of beam
b. Axis passing through height h/2 from bottom
c. Axis passing through height h/3 from bottom
d. Axis passing through centroid
Answer: d
23. If depth of a beam is doubled then changes in its section modulus

a. Will remain same
b. Will decrease
c. Will be doubled
d. Will increase by 4 times
Answer: d
24. A flitched beam has

a. Common neutral axis & both materials bend independently
b. Common neutral axis & both materials has common R (Radius of curvature)
c. Two neutral axis & both materials has common R (Radius of curvature)
d. Two neutral axis & both materials bend independently
Answer: b
25. In a T-section beam, the bending stress distribution will be as shown
Answer: b
26. In a channel section beam, bending stress distribution will be
Answer: a
27. The strength of a beam depends upon

(a) Its section modulus
(b) Permissible bending stress
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
Answer: a
28. Shear stress in the beam acting on the cross section is
(a) Normal to the cross section
(b) Tangential to the cross section
(c) Neither normal nor tangential
(d) None
Answer: b
29. Shear stress variation is

(a) Linear
(b) Polynomial
(c) Parabolic
(d) None
Answer: c
30. For a beam of rectangular cross section, the ratio τmax/ τav is
(a) 2
(b) 1
(c) 1.5
(d) None
Answer: c
31. Shear stress is zero at the

(a) Outermost fiber
(b) Central fiber
(c) Neither outermost nor central fiber
(d) None
Answer: a
32. Shear stress is maximum at the

(a) Outermost fiber
(b) Central fiber
(c) Neither outermost nor central fiber
(d) None
Answer: b
33. Shear stress in a I-section beam is maximum art the

(a) Outermost fiber
(b) At the junction of web and flange
(c) Central fiber
(d) None
Answer: b
34. For a beam of triangular cross section, the ratio τmax/ τav is
(a) 3/2
(b) 4/2
(c) 5/2
(d) None
Answer: a
35. Shear stress causes

(a) Deformation
(b) Distortion
(c) Deformation as well as distortion
(d) None
Answer: b
36. Variation of bending stresses in a beam have

(a) Parabolic variation
(b) Linear variation
(c) Cubical variation
(d) None
Answer: b
37. Bending stress will be least at the extreme fibres for
(a) Maximum area of cross section
(b) Maximum moment of inertia
(c) Maximum section modulus
(d) None
Answer: c
38. Moment of resistance of a beam should be

(a) Greater than the bending moment
(b) Less than the bending moment
(c) Two times the bending moment
(d) None
Answer: a
39. Variation of bending strain in a beam has

(a) Parabolic variation
(b) Linear variation
(c) Cubical variation
(d) None
Answer: b
40. Tensile and compressive stresses in a beam of symmetrical section are

(a) σt = σc
(b) σt > σc
(c) σt < σc
(d) None
Answer: a
41. When a simply supported beam is loaded with a point load at the centre, the maximum
tensile stress is developed on the
(a) Top fibre
(b) Bottom fibre
(c) Neutral axis
(d) None of these
Answer: b
42. The section modulus of a circular section about an axis passing through its centre is
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Answer: c
43. In a simply supported beam loaded with U.D.L over the whole section, the bending
stress is …………. at top and ................... at bottom.
(a) Compressive, tensile
(b) Tensile, compressive
(c) Tensile, zero
(d) Compressive, zero
Answer: a
44. The section modulus (Z) is given by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Answer: b
45. When a beam is subjected to a bending moment the strain in a layer is ................ the
distance from the neutral axis.
(a) Independent of
(b) Directly proportional to
(c) Inversely proportional to
(d) None of these
Answer: b
46. A beam of uniform strength has

a. same cross-section throughout the beam
b. same bending stress at every section
c. same bending moment at every section
d. same shear stress at every section
Answer: b
47. In a simple bending theory, one of the assumption is that the material of the beam is
isotropic. This assumption means that the
a. normal stress remains constant in all directions
b. normal stress varies linearly in the material
c. elastic constants are same in all the directions
d. elastic constants varies linearly in the material
Answer: c
48. A beam of T-section is subjected to a shear force of F. The maximum shear force will
occur at the
a. top of the section
b. bottom of the section
c. neutral axis of the section
d. junction of web and flange
Answer: c
49. The section modulus of a rectangular section about an axis through its C.G., is
a. b/2
b. d/2
c. bd2/2
d. bd2/6
Answer: d
50. In a simple bending theory, one of the assumption is that the plane sections before
bending remain plane after bending. This assumption means that
a. stress is uniform throughout the beam
b. strain is uniform throughout the beam
c. stress is proportional to the distance from the neutral axis
d. strain is proportional to the distance from the neutral axis
Answer: d
UNIT 3-MCQCS
1 -A shaft is said to be in pure torsion if
a. Turning moment is applied at one end and other end is free

b. Turning force is applied at one end and other end is free
c. Two opposite turning moments are applied to the shaft
d. Combination of torsional load and bending load is applied to the shaft
2 -In power transmission equation, P=2ΠNT/60×1000
a. P is in kw and T is maximum torque

b. P is in NM/sec and T is maximum torque
c. P is in NM/sec and T is mean torque
d. P is in kw and T is mean torque
If diameter of a shaft is doubled the power transmitted capacity

3 will be
a. Either twice or half

b. Four times
c. Eight times
d. Same
4 Which of the following assumptions are made in torsion theory?
a. Shaft is perfectly straight

b. Material of the shaft is heterogeneous
c. Twist cannot be uniform along the length of the shaft
d. All of the above
5 What is the S.I. unit of torsional rigidity?

a. Nm
b. N.m2
c. Nm/ radian
d. None of the above
6 In the relation ( T/J = Gθ/L = τ/ R), the letter G denotes modulus of ______
a. elasticity
b. plasticity
c. rigidity
d. resilience
7 Which of the following relation represents torsional flexibility?
a. GJ
b. GL
c. GJ / L
d. L / GJ
8 Stress in the cross section of a shaft at the centre ________
a. is zero
b. decreases linearly to the maximum value of at outer surface
c. both a. and b.
9 What is the unit of polar moment of inertia?

a) m2
b) m5
c) m3
d) m4
View Answer
Answer: d
Explanation: Polar moment of inertia denoted by J, is given by integration of radius square
with respect to small area of cross-
10 Shear stress on a solid bar and hollow bar is same for given dimension.
a) True
b) False
View Answer
Answer: b
Explanation: Shear stress for a hollow bar and a solid bar are different dimensions as the
hollow bar has two dimensions, outer and inner radius because of which calculation is
different than the solid bar which has only one diameter.
11 -A shaft is said to be in pure torsion if
a. Turning moment is applied at one end and other end is free

b. Turning force is applied at one end and other end is free
c. Two opposite turning moments are applied to the shaft
d. Combination of torsional load and bending load is applied to the shaft
12 In power transmission equation, P=2ΠNT/60×1000
a. P is in kw and T is maximum torque

b. P is in NM/sec and T is maximum torque
c. P is in NM/sec and T is mean torque
d. P is in kw and T is mean torque
(Ans: d)
If diameter of a shaft is doubled the power transmitted capacity

13 will be
a. Either twice or half

b. Four times
c. Eight times
d. Same
(Ans: c)
14 Two shafts in torsion will have equal strength if
a. Only diameter of the shafts is same

b. Only angle of twist of the shaft is same
c. Only material of the shaft is same
d. Only torque transmitting capacity of the shaft is same
(Ans: d
Which of the following is not an assumption in derivation of

15 torsion equation?
a. Circular shaft remains circular after twisting

b. Plane section of the shaft remain plane after twisting
c. Material of shaft is isotropic
d. Angle of twist is proportional to radius
(Ans: d)
16 trength of a shaft
a. Is equal to maximum shear stress in the shaft at the time of elastic

failure
b. Is equal to maximum shear stress in the shaft at the time of rupture
c. Is equal to torsional rigidity
d. Is ability to resist maximum twisting moment
(Ans: d)
17 A shaft
a. Is always subjected to pure torsion

b. Combination of M & T but no end thrust
c. Combination of torque & end thrust but no bending moment
d. May be subjected to a combination of M, T and end thrust
(Ans: d)
Q.1. For a solid or a hollow shaf t subject to a twisting moment T, the torsional
18 shearing stress t at a
distance r f rom the centre will be
(a) t = Tr/J
(b) t = Tr
(c) t = TJ/r
(d) none of these
where J is second moment of area.
Q.2. A hollow prismatic beam of circular section is subjected to a torsional moment. The
19 maximum
shear stress occurs at
(a) inner wall of cross section
(b) middle of thickness
(c) outer surf ace of shaf t
(d) none of these (AMIE Winter 1997)
Q.3. A solid shaf t has diameter 80 mm. It is subjected to a torque of 4 KNm. The maximum
20 shear
stress induced in the shaf t would be
(a) 75/p N/mm2
(b) 250/p N/mm2
(c) 125/p N/mm2
(d) 150/p N/mm2 (IES 2001)
Q.4. If in a bar af ter twisting moment T has been applied, a line on surf ace is moved by an
21 angle g
then shearing moment will be
(a) t/g
(b) g
(c) g/t
(d) none of these
22 Q.5. Shear modulus G is given by
(a) G = t/g
(b) G = g/t
(c) G = Tg/t
(d) G = T/g
Q.6. A shaf t of length L is subject to a constant twisting moment T along its length L, then
23 angle q
through which one end of the bar will twist relative to other will be
(a) T/g
(b) T/GJ
(c) GJ/TL
(d) TL/GJ
Q.7. A circular shaf t subjected to torsion undergoes a twist of 1 0 in a length of 120 cm. If
24 the maximum
shear stress induced is limited to 1000 kg/cm2 and if modulus of rigidity G = 0.8 x 106 then
the radius of
the shaf t should be
(a) p/8
(b) p/27
(c) 18/p
(d) 27/p (IES 1993)
Hint: t/r = Gq/l
25 Q.8. At f ully plastic twisting moment
(a) only f ibres at surf ace are stressed to yield point in shear
(b) f ibres at centre are stressed to yield point in shear
(c) all f ibres are stressed to yield point in shear
(d) none of these
Q.9. The relationship among twisting moment(T) acting on a rotating shaf t, power in
26 watt(W), and
angular velocity in radian per second(w) will be
(a) T = W/w
(b) W = Tw
(c) W = T/w
(d) none of these
27 Q.10. A shaf t turns at 150 rpm under a torque of 1500 N-m. Power transmitted is
(a) 15p kW
(b) 10p kW
(c) 7.5p kW
(d) 5p kW (IES 1999)
Hint: P = 2pNT/60
28 Magnitude of shear stress induced in a shaft due to applied torque varies from
a. Maximum at centre to zero at circumference.
b. Maximum at centre to minimum (not-zero) at circumference.
c. Zero at centre to maximum at circumference.
d. Minimum (not zero) at centre to maximum at circumference.
ANSWER: (c) Zero at centre to maximum at circumference.
29 The variation of shear stress in a circular shaft subjected to torsion is

a. Linear
b. Parabolic
c. Hyperbolic.
d. Uniform.
ANSWER:(a) Linear
30 The relation governing the torsional torque in circular shafts is

a. T/r=τ/l=Gθ/J
b. T/J=τ/r=Gθ/l
c. T/J=τ/l=Gθ/r
d. T/l=τ/r=Gθ/J
ANSWER:(b) T/J=τ/r=Gθ/l
31 Torsional rigidity of a shaft is defined as

a. G/J
b. GJ
c. TJ
d. T/J
ANSWER:(b) T/J=τ/r=Gθ/l
32 Torsional rigidity of a shaft is given by

a. Gl/θ
b. Tθ
c. Tl/θ
d. T/l
ANSWER:(c) Tl/θ
A solid shaft of same cross sectional area and of same material as that of a hollow shaft can
33 resist
a. Less torque.
b. More torque.
c. Equal torque.
d. Unequal torque.
ANSWER:(a) Less torque
7
34 Angle of twist of a circular shaft is given by

a. GJ/Tl
b. Tl/GJ.
c. TJ/Gl.
d.TG/Jl.
ANSWER:(b) Tl/GJ.
35 Maximum shear stress of a solid shaft is given by

a. 16T/πd
b. 16T/πd2
c. 16T/πd3
d. 16T/πd4
ANSWER:(c) 16T/πd3
The ratio of maximum bending stress to maximum shear stress on the cross section when a
36 shaft is simultaneously subjected to a torque T and bending moment M,
a. T/M
b. M/T
c. 2T/M
d. 2M/T
ANSWER:(d) 2M/T
37 Maximum shear stress in a hollow shaft subjected to a torsional moment is at the

a. Middle of thickness.
b. At the inner surface of the shaft.
c. At the outer surface of the shaft.
d. At the middle surface of the shaft.
ANSWER:(c) At the outer surface of the shaft
11
The ratio of strength of a hollow shaft to that of a solid shaft subjected to torsion if both
are of the same material and of the same outer diameters, the inner diameter of hollow
38 shaft being half of the outer diameter is
a. 15/16
b. 16/15
c. 7/8
d. 8/7
ANSWER:(a) 15/16
Ratio of diameters of two shafts joined in series is 2. If the two shafts have the same
39 material and the same length the ratio of their angles of twist is
a. 2
b. 4
c. 8
d. 16
ANSWER:(d) 16
13
Ratio of diameters of two shafts joined in series is 2. If the two shafts have the same
40 material and the same length the ratio of their shear stresses is
a. 2
b. 4
c. 8
d. 16
ANSWER: (c) 8
41 For two shafts joined in series, the --------------- in each shaft is same.
a. shear stress.
b. Angle of twist
c. torque
d. torsional stress.
ANSWER: (c) torque
42 For two shafts joined in parallel, the --------------- in each shaft is same.
a. shear stress.
b. Angle of twist
c. torque
d. torsional stress.ANSWER:(b) Angle of twist
43 16. The shafts are made of

a. mild steel
b. alloy steel
c. copper alloys
d. cast iron.
ANSWER: (d). cast iron
44 The shafts are designed on the basis of
a. strength and rigidity.
b. ductility.
c. malleablility.
d. resilience.
ANSWER: (a). strength and rigidity
45 The angle of twist is ------------- proportional to the twisting moment.

a. directly.
b. inversely.
c. indirectly.
d. reversely.
ANSWER: (a)directly.
46 For the same material, length and given torque a hoolow shaft weighs ---------- a solid shaft.
a. less than
b. more than.
c. equal to
d. not equal to.
ANSWER: (a). less than
The strength of a hollow shaft for the same length, material and weight is ---------- a solid
47 shaft.
a. less than.
b. more than.
c. equal to.
d. not equal to.
ANSWER: (b). more than.
Which of the following is not an assumption in derivation of torsion equation? a. Circular

shaft remains circular after twisting b. Plane section of the shaft remain plane after twisting
c. Material of shaft is isotropic d. Angle of twist is proportional to radius ANSWERS: ( d)
48 Angle of twist is proportional to radius
Strength of a shaft a. Is equal to maximum shear stress in the shaft at the time of elastic
failure b. Is equal to maximum shear stress in the shaft at the time of rupture c. Is equal to
49 torsional rigidity
d. Is ability to resist maximum twisting moment ANSWERS: (d) Is ability to resist maximum
twisting moment
When a shaft is subjected to a twisting moment, every cross-section of the shaft will be
under (a) Tensile stress (b) Compressive stress (c) Shear stress (d) All of these ANSWERS: (c)
50 Shear stress
The product of the tangential force acting on the shaft and radius of shaft known as (a)
Torsional rigidity (b) Flexural rigidity (c) Bending moment (d) Twisting moment ANSWERS:
51 (d) Twisting moment 49.
The polar moment of inertia of a solid circular shaft of diameter (d) is (a)πd2/16 (b) πd3/32
52 (c) πd4/32 (d) πd4/64 ANSWERS: (c) πd4/32
The polar moment of inertia of a hollow shaft of outer diameter (D) and inner diameter (d)
is given by. (a)π/16(D3-d3) (b) π/16(D4-d4) (c) π/16(D4-d4) (d) π/16(D4-d4/d) ANSWERS:
53 (b) π/16(D4-d4)
The torque transmitted by a hollow shaft of outer diameter (D) and inner diameter (d)
(a)π/4fs(D2-d2)/D (b) π/4fs(D3-d3)/D (c) π/4fs(D4-d4)/D (d) π/4fs(D4-d4)/D ANSWERS: (c)
54 π/4fs(D4-d4)/D
Which of the following assumptions are made in torsion theory? a. Shaft is perfectly
straight b. Material of the shaft is heterogeneous c. Twist cannot be uniform along the
55 length of the shaft d. Shaft is perfectly curve ANSWER: (a)Shaft is perfectly straight
What is the S.I. unit of torsional rigidity? a. Nm b. N.m2 c. Nm/ radian d. None of the above
56 ANSWER: (b)N.m2 59) In the relation ( T/J
In the relation ( T/J = Gθ/L = τ/ R), the letter G denotes modulus of ______ a. elasticity b.
57 plasticity c. rigidity d. resilience ANSWER: (c)rigidity
58 Which of the following relation represents torsional flexibility? a. GJ b. GL c. GJ / L d. L / GJ
ANSWER: (d)L / GJ
What is the shear stress acting on the outer surface of a hollow shaft subjected to a torque
of 100 Nm?(The inner and outer diameter of the shaft is 15 mm and 30 mm respectively.)
a. 50.26 N/mm2 b. 40.24 N/mm2 c. 20.120 N/mm2 d. 8.74 N/mm2 ANSWER: (c)20.120
59 N/mm2 62) Stress in the cross section of a shaft at
Stress in the cross section of a shaft at the centre ________ a. is zero b. decreases linearly
to the maximum value of at outer surface c. both a. and b. d. none of the above ANSWER:
60 (a)is zero
Shear modulus G is given by (a) G = t/g (b) G = g/t (c) G = Tg/t (d) G = T/g ANSWER: (a) G =
61 t/g
A shaft of length L is subject to a constant twisting moment T along its length L, then angle
q through which one end of the bar will twist relative to other will be (a) T/g (b) T/GJ (c)
62 GJ/TL (d) TL/GJ ANSWER: (d) TL/GJ
Columns
1. The load at which a vertical compression member just buckles is known as

(a) Critical load
(b) Crippling load
(c) Buckling load
(d) Any one of these
Answer: D
2. A column that fails due to direct stress is called

(a) Short column
(b) Long column
(c) Medium column
(d) Slender column
Answer: A
3. A column whose slenderness ratio is greater than 120 is known as

(a) Short column
(b) Long column
(c) Medium column
(d) Composite column
Answer: B
4. The direct stress included in a long column is… .............. as compared to bending stress.
(a) More
(b) Less
(c) Same
(d) Negligible
Answer: D
5. For long columns, the value of buckling load is ..................... crushing load.
(a) Less than
(b) More than
(c) Equal to
(d) None of these
Answer: A
6. The slenderness ratio is the ratio of

(a) Length of column to least radius of gyration
(b) Moment of inertia to area of cross-section
(c) Area of cross-section to moment of inertia
(d) Least radius of gyration to length of the column
Answer: A
7. Compression members always tend to buckle in the direction of
(a) Vertical axis
(b) Horizontal axis
(c) Minimum cross-section
(d) Least radius of gyration
Answer: D
8. A column has moment of inertia about X-X and Y-Y axis as follows
IXX=4234.4 mm4
IYY=236.3 mm4
This column will buckle about
(a) X-X axis
(b) Y-Y axis
(c) It depends upon the applied load
(d) None of these
Answer: B
9. The Rankine formula holds good for

(a) Short column
(b) Long column
(c) Medium column
(d) Both short and long column
Answer: D
10. A column of length 4m with both ends fixed may be considered as equivalent to a column of
length................. with both ends hinged.
(a) 2 m
(b) 1 m
(c) 3 m
(d) 6 m
Answer: A
11. According to Euler, the buckling load for a column is given by . In this equation,
the value of x for a column with one end fixed and other end free is
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 4
(d) ½
Answer: C
12. According to Euler, the buckling load for a column is given by . In this equation,
the value of x is minimum when
(a) Both ends fixed
(b) One end fixed, other free
(c)Both ends hinged
(d) One end fixed other hinged
Answer: A
13. Rankine’s formula is generally used when slenderness ratio lies in between
(a) 0-60
(b) 0-80
(c) 0-100
(d) Any value
Answer: D
14. Euler’s formula is not valid for mild steel column when slenderness ratio is
(a) More than 100
(b) Less than 100
(c) Less than 80
(d)More than 80
Answer: C
15. An electric pole is 6.5 m high from the ground level. Its effective length for design purposes
will be
(a) 6.5 m
(b) 3.25 m
(c) 13.0 m
(d) 12.0 m
Answer: C
16. Bending of beam occurs under

(a) Axial load
(b) Transverse load
(c) Direct load
(d) None
Answer: B
17. Buckling of a column occurs under

(a) Axial load
(b) Transverse load
(c) Direct load
(d) None
Answer: A
18. Pure Buckling occurs in a

(a) Short column
(b) Medium Column
(c) Long column
(d) None
Answer: C
19. Pure Buckling uses the equation of

(a) Rankin-Gordon
(b) Euler
(c) Stiffness
(d) None
Answer: B
20. A steel column is a short column when the slenderness ratio is

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B
21. A steel column is a long column when the slenderness ratio is

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: A

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B

(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: B
25. A steel column is a medium column when the slenderness ratio is
(a) >120
(b) <30
(c) >30
(d) None
Answer: C
26. With identical beam and column, buckling occurs as compared to bending under a
(a) Lesser load
(b) Larger load
(c) Equal load
(d) None
Answer: A
27. Nature of stresses produced in buckling and bending are

(a) Same
(b) Different
(c) Only tensile
(d) None
Answer: A
28. Keeping loading same but increasing the length, normal stresses in a beam will
(a) Increase
(b) Decrease
(c) No change
(d) None
Answer: A
29. Keeping loading same but increasing the length, shear stresses in a beam will
(a) Increase
(b) Decrease
(c) No change
(d) None
Answer: C
30. Keeping loading same but increasing the length, normal stresses in a long column will
(a) Increase
(b) Decrease
(c) No change
(d) None
Answer: B
31. A long column with fixed ends can carry load as compared to both ends hinged
(a) 4 times
(b) 8 times
(c) 16 times
1) The vertical distance between the axis of the beam before and after loading at a point is called as _______
a. deformation
b. deflection
c. slope
2) Which of the following is a differential equation for deflection?
a. dy / dx = (M/EI)
b. dy / dx = (MI/E)
c. d2y / dx2 = (M/EI)
d. d2y / dx2 = (ME/I)
3) Macaulay's method is used to determine ______
a. deflection
b. strength
c. toughness
d. all of the above
Slope at a point in a beam is the

4)
(a) Vertical displacement
(b) Angular displacement
(c) Horizontal displacement
(d) None (Ans: b)
5) Identify the differential equation for finding slope and deflection

(a) EI d2y/dx2 = –M
(b) EI d2y/dx2 = +M
(c) EI d2y/dx2 = ±M
(d) None
(Ans: c)
6) Maximum deflection in a S.S. beam with W at center will be
(a) At the left hand support
(b) At the Right support
(c) At the center
(d) None
(Ans: c)
7) Maximum slope in a S.S. beam with W at center will be

(a) At the supports
(b) At the center
(c) In between the support and the center
(d) None
(Ans: a)
Maximum slope in a S.S. beam with W at center will be

8)
(a) WL2/16EI
(b) WL2/32EI
(c) WL2/48EI
(d) None
(Ans: a)
9) Maximum deflection in a S.S. beam with UDL ‘w’ over the entire span will be
(a) 3wL4/584EI
(b) 5wL4/384EI
(c) 7wL4/384EI
None
(Ans: b)
10) Maximum slope in a S.S. beam with UDL ‘w’ over the entire span will be
(a) At the supports
(b) At the center
(c) In between the support and the center
(d) None
(Ans: a)
11) Maximum slope in a S.S. beam with UDL ‘w’ over the entire span will be
(a) wL3/16EI
(b) wL3/24EI
(c) wL3/48EI
(d) None
(Ans: b)
12)Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be

(a) WL3/6EI
(b) WL3/2EI
(c) WL3/3EI
(d) None
(Ans: c)
Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be

13)
(a) At the free end
(b) At the fixed end
(c) At the center
(d) None
(Ans: a)
14) Maximum deflection in a cantilever beam with W at the free end will be
(a) At the free end
(b) At the fixed end
(c) At the center
(d) None
(Ans: a)
15) Slope deflection method is suitable for analysis of
(A) Continuous beam
(B) Simply supported beam
(C) Fixed beam
16) Macaulay’s method is particularly suitable for beams subjected to _______

loads.
(A) Point
(B) Distributed
(C) Varying
(D) None of the above
17) Resilience can also be termed as ___________

a) Stress energy
b) Strain energy
c) Modulus
d) Tenacity
19) The number of simultaneous equations to be solved in the slope deflection method, is equal
to :
[A].the degree of statical indeterminacy
[B]. the degree of kinematic indeterminacy
[C]. the number of joints in the structure
[D].none of the above
Answer: Option C
20) continuous beams are

A.Stronger and much stiffer than simple beams B. Weaker and less stiffer than simple beams
Withstanding double the maximum bending
C. Subjected to excessive shear strain D.
moment on simple beams
18) Mathematically, strain energy = _________
a) Power
b) Work done
c) Young’s Modulus
d) Energy
21) Deflection the point of application of an external force acting on a beam is equal to the
partial derivation of the work of deformation with respect to this force
A.Rankine's theorem B. Mohr's hypothesis
C. Castigliano's theorem D.Maxwell's theorem
E. None of the above
22) Strain energy in a member is
a) directly proportional to strains
b) directly proportional to changes in strain
c) a function of strain as well as stresses
d) a function of loads only

Mos 4

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mos 4

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog

MOS IMP MCQs 2.pdf ································································································································ 1

For analyses of a composite section (Ans = C)

Shearing strain is represented by (Ans = A)

Within elastic limit, stress is (Ans = B)

The flexural rigidity is given by ( Ans = C)

S.I. unit of sectional modulus is (Ans = A)

Section modulus is the ratio of (Ans = A)

Moment of inertia for circular section of diameter ‘d’ is (Ans = B)

The ratio of tangential stress to shearing strain is called as (Ans = D)

A Within plastic limit

A More in tension and less in compression

A Alternate layer is free to expand and contract independently.

A None of the below options

A None of the below options

A Bending moment alone

Question Young's modulus is defined as the ratio of

Question The unit of Young's modulus is

Question Deformation per unit length in the direction of force is known as

Question Modulus of rigidity is defined as the ratio of

Question The intensity of stress which causes unit strain is called

Question If a material is loaded beyond yield point stress

Question A live load is one which

Question Modulus of rigidity of metal is defined as

Question Hook's law holds good only within

Question Elasticity of M S specimen is defined by

Question Limiting value of Poisson's ratio are

Question The modulus of elasticity for mild steel is approximately equal to

Question The unit of stress in S.I. units is

Question The tensile strength of ductile materials is its compressive strength.

Question The compression test is carried on materials.

Question Poisson’s ratio lies in the range for most metals,

Question Isotropic material behavior can be expressed using properties are

Question Within elastic limit stress is

Question The intensity of stress which causes unit strain is called

Question A material obeys Hook’s law up to

Questio Deformationofabarunderitsownweightascomparedtothatwhen subjected to a direct axialload

B Pitch diameter of threads

C Minor diameter of threads

Questio Duringtensile-testingofaspecimenusingaUniversalTestingMachine,the parameters

B Poisson’s ratio and Young's modulus

C Engineering stress and engineering strain

D Load and elongation

Questio Whichoneofthefollowingpropertiesismoresensitivetoincreaseinstrain rate?

Questio The unit of elastic modulus is the same as those of

B Strain, shear modulus and force

C Shear modulus, stress and force

D Stress, strain and pressure

Questio In a simple tension test, Hook’s law is valid up to the

A Diameter of the test specimen

B Gauge length of the specimen

C Nature of end-grips of the testing machine

D Geometry of the test specimen

Question If D is the diameter of the sphere, then volumetric strain is equal to

Question A rectangular bar when subjected to an axial pull P

A Decrease in length and width and increase in thickness

Question The maximum stress produced in a bar of tapering section is at...

Question The necking in case of ductile material begins at the

Question True stress-strain curve for materials is plotted between

Question The temperature stress is function

Question A rod of length L and diameter D is subjected to a tensile load P. Which of

Question If the value of Poisson's ratio is zero, then it means that

Question Which of the following pairs are correctly matched?